Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 2282:a888ed7ba375 vim73
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 02 Jul 2010 20:20:09 +0200 |
| parents | 1bac28a53fae |
| children | 2209060c340d |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
| 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 39 | |
| 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 44 NULL, |
| 7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 50 NULL, | |
| 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 7 | 58 }; |
| 59 | |
| 1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 7 | 61 |
| 62 /* | |
| 63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 64 */ | |
| 681 | 65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 66 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 67 { |
| 464 | 68 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 69 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 77 }; |
| 78 | |
| 464 | 79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 80 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 81 | |
| 82 /* | |
| 83 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 87 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 88 */ |
| 464 | 89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 92 |
| 825 | 93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 96 | |
| 657 | 97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 98 * are used. */ | |
| 99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 100 | |
| 665 | 101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 102 in compl_leader */ | |
| 103 | |
| 657 | 104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 105 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 106 the longest common string. */ | |
| 107 | |
| 874 | 108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 109 completions. */ | |
| 110 | |
| 111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 112 | |
| 449 | 113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 115 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 116 |
| 1927 | 117 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 118 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 119 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 120 | |
| 464 | 121 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 122 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 123 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 124 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 125 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 126 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 127 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 128 * that is being completed */ | |
| 129 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 130 * completion started */ | |
| 131 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 132 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 133 |
| 134 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); | |
| 135 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 136 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 137 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 138 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 139 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 140 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 141 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 142 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 143 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 144 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 145 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 146 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 147 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 148 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 149 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 150 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 151 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 152 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 153 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1782 | 154 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 155 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 156 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 157 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 158 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 159 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 160 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 161 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 162 #endif | |
| 659 | 163 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 164 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 165 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 166 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 167 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 168 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 169 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 170 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 171 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 172 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 173 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 174 | |
| 175 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 176 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 177 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 178 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 179 | |
| 661 | 180 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 181 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 182 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 183 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 184 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 185 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 186 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 187 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 188 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 189 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 190 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 191 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 192 #endif |
| 7 | 193 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
| 194 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
| 840 | 195 #if 0 |
| 7 | 196 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c)); |
| 840 | 197 #endif |
| 7 | 198 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); |
| 199 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 200 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 202 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 203 #endif | |
| 204 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 205 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 206 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 208 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 209 #endif | |
| 210 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 211 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 212 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 213 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 215 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 216 #endif | |
| 217 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 218 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 219 #endif | |
| 449 | 220 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 221 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 222 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 223 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 224 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 225 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 226 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 227 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up)); | |
| 228 #endif | |
| 692 | 229 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 230 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 231 #endif | |
| 7 | 232 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 233 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 234 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 235 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 236 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 237 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 238 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 239 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 240 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 241 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 242 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 243 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 #endif | |
| 245 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 246 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 247 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 248 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 249 #endif | |
| 250 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 449 | 251 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 252 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 253 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 254 #endif | |
| 255 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 256 | |
| 257 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 258 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 259 | |
| 260 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 261 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 262 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 263 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 264 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 265 |
| 266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 267 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 268 #endif | |
| 269 | |
| 270 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 271 | |
| 272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 273 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 274 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 275 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 276 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 277 #endif |
| 278 | |
| 279 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 280 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 281 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 282 | |
| 283 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 284 under the cursor */ | |
| 285 | |
| 286 /* | |
| 287 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 288 * | |
| 289 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 290 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 291 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 292 * 'R' replace command | |
| 293 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 294 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 295 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 296 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 297 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 298 * | |
| 299 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 300 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 301 * | |
| 302 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 303 */ | |
| 304 int | |
| 305 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 306 int cmdchar; | |
| 307 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 308 long count; | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 int c = 0; | |
| 311 char_u *ptr; | |
| 312 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 313 int mincol; |
| 7 | 314 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 315 int i; | |
| 316 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 318 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 319 #endif | |
| 320 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 321 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 322 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 323 #endif | |
| 324 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 325 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 326 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 327 |
| 603 | 328 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 329 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 330 | |
| 7 | 331 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 332 * error message */ | |
| 333 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 334 | |
| 335 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
| 336 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 337 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 338 { | |
| 339 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 340 return FALSE; | |
| 341 } | |
| 342 #endif | |
| 632 | 343 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 344 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 345 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 346 { |
| 347 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 348 return FALSE; | |
| 349 } | |
| 7 | 350 |
| 351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 352 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 353 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 354 { |
| 355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 356 return FALSE; | |
| 357 } | |
| 7 | 358 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 359 #endif | |
| 360 | |
| 11 | 361 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 362 /* | |
| 363 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 364 */ | |
| 365 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 366 { | |
| 532 | 367 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 368 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 369 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 370 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 371 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 372 else | |
| 373 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 374 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 532 | 375 # endif |
| 11 | 376 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 377 } | |
| 378 #endif | |
| 379 | |
| 7 | 380 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 381 /* | |
| 382 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 383 * where the paste started. | |
| 384 */ | |
| 385 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 386 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 387 else | |
| 388 #endif | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 391 if (startln) | |
| 392 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 393 } | |
| 1869 | 394 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 395 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 396 if (!did_ai) | |
| 397 ai_col = 0; | |
| 398 | |
| 399 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 400 { | |
| 401 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 402 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 403 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 404 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 405 { | |
| 406 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 407 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 408 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 409 } | |
| 410 else | |
| 411 #endif | |
| 412 { | |
| 413 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 414 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 415 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 416 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 417 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 418 } | |
| 419 } | |
| 420 | |
| 421 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 422 { | |
| 423 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 424 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 425 { | |
| 426 beep_flush(); | |
| 427 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 428 State = INSERT; | |
| 429 } | |
| 430 else | |
| 431 #endif | |
| 432 State = REPLACE; | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 435 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 436 { | |
| 437 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 438 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 439 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 440 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 441 } | |
| 442 #endif | |
| 443 else | |
| 444 State = INSERT; | |
| 445 | |
| 446 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 447 | |
| 448 /* | |
| 449 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 450 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 451 */ | |
| 452 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 453 | |
| 454 /* | |
| 455 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 456 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 457 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 458 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 459 */ | |
| 460 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 461 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 462 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 463 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 464 #endif | |
| 465 | |
| 466 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 467 setmouse(); | |
| 468 #endif | |
| 469 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 470 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 471 #endif | |
| 472 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 473 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 474 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 475 if (revins_on) | |
| 476 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 477 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 478 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 479 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 480 #endif | |
| 481 | |
| 482 /* | |
| 483 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 484 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 485 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 486 */ | |
| 487 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 488 { | |
| 489 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 490 /* | |
| 491 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 492 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 493 */ | |
| 494 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 495 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 496 else | |
| 497 #endif | |
| 498 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 499 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 500 | |
| 501 /* | |
| 502 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 503 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 504 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 505 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 506 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 507 */ | |
| 508 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 509 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 510 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 511 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 512 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 513 { | |
| 514 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 515 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 517 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 518 { | |
| 474 | 519 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 520 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 521 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 #endif | |
| 524 } | |
| 230 | 525 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 526 } |
| 527 else | |
| 528 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 529 | |
| 530 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 531 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 532 | |
| 533 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 534 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 535 | |
| 536 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 537 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 538 #endif | |
| 539 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 540 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 541 #endif | |
| 542 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 543 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 544 * restarting. */ | |
| 545 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 546 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 547 #endif | |
| 548 | |
| 549 /* | |
| 550 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 551 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 552 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 553 */ | |
| 554 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 555 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 556 i = showmode(); |
| 557 | |
| 558 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 559 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 560 |
| 561 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 562 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 563 #endif | |
| 564 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 565 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 566 #endif | |
| 567 | |
| 603 | 568 /* |
| 569 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 570 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 571 */ | |
| 7 | 572 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 573 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 574 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 575 else | |
| 576 { | |
| 577 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 578 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 579 } | |
| 580 | |
| 581 old_indent = 0; | |
| 582 | |
| 583 /* | |
| 584 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 585 */ | |
| 586 for (;;) | |
| 587 { | |
| 588 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 589 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 590 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 591 else | |
| 592 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 593 #endif | |
| 594 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 595 count = 0; | |
| 596 | |
| 597 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
| 598 { | |
| 599 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 600 count = 0; | |
| 601 goto doESCkey; | |
| 602 } | |
| 603 | |
| 604 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 605 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 606 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 607 | |
| 608 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 609 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 610 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 611 { | |
| 612 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 613 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 614 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 615 } | |
| 616 | |
| 617 /* | |
| 618 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 619 */ | |
| 620 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 621 | |
| 622 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 623 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 624 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 625 * autocommand. */ | |
| 626 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 627 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 628 #endif | |
| 629 | |
| 630 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 631 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 632 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 633 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 634 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 635 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 636 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 637 #endif | |
| 638 | |
| 639 /* | |
| 640 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 641 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 642 * redraw. | |
| 643 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 644 * something. | |
| 645 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 646 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 647 */ | |
| 648 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 649 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 650 && !did_backspace | |
| 651 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 652 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 653 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 654 #endif | |
| 655 ) | |
| 656 { | |
| 657 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 658 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 659 | |
| 1869 | 660 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 661 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 662 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 663 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 664 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 665 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 666 #endif | |
| 667 )) | |
| 668 { | |
| 669 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 670 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 671 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 672 else | |
| 673 #endif | |
| 674 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 675 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 676 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 677 else | |
| 678 #endif | |
| 679 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 680 } | |
| 681 } | |
| 682 | |
| 683 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 684 update_topline(); | |
| 685 | |
| 686 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 687 | |
| 688 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 689 | |
| 690 /* | |
| 691 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 692 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 693 */ | |
| 661 | 694 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 695 |
| 696 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 697 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 698 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 699 #endif | |
| 700 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
701 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
702 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
703 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
704 #endif |
| 7 | 705 update_curswant(); |
| 706 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 707 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 708 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 709 #endif | |
| 710 | |
| 711 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 712 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 713 #endif | |
| 714 | |
| 715 /* | |
| 1526 | 716 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 717 */ |
| 718 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 719 do |
| 720 { | |
| 721 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 722 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 723 |
| 978 | 724 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 725 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 726 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 727 #endif | |
| 728 | |
| 7 | 729 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 730 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 731 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 732 #endif | |
| 733 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 734 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 735 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 736 #endif | |
| 737 | |
| 738 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 739 /* |
| 740 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 741 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 742 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 743 */ |
| 897 | 744 if (compl_started |
| 745 && pum_wanted() | |
| 746 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 747 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 748 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 749 { |
| 750 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 751 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 752 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 753 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 754 continue; |
| 755 | |
| 659 | 756 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 757 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 758 { |
| 659 | 759 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 760 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 761 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 762 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 763 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
| 1872 | 764 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 765 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 766 { |
| 767 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 768 continue; | |
| 769 } | |
| 770 | |
| 1430 | 771 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 772 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 773 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 774 { |
| 775 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 776 continue; | |
| 777 } | |
| 665 | 778 |
| 887 | 779 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 780 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 781 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 782 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 783 { |
| 784 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 785 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 786 } | |
| 657 | 787 } |
| 788 } | |
| 789 | |
| 7 | 790 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 791 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 792 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 793 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 794 continue; |
| 7 | 795 #endif |
| 796 | |
| 477 | 797 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 798 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 799 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 800 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 801 { | |
| 802 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 803 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 804 ++no_mapping; |
| 805 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 806 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 807 --no_mapping; |
| 808 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 809 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 810 { |
| 477 | 811 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 812 vungetc(c); |
| 813 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 814 } | |
| 815 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 816 continue; | |
| 817 else | |
| 818 { | |
| 477 | 819 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 820 { | |
| 821 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 822 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 823 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 824 } | |
| 7 | 825 count = 0; |
| 826 goto doESCkey; | |
| 827 } | |
| 828 } | |
| 829 | |
| 830 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 831 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 832 #endif | |
| 833 | |
| 834 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 835 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 836 goto docomplete; | |
| 837 #endif | |
| 838 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 839 { | |
| 840 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 841 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 842 continue; | |
| 843 } | |
| 844 | |
| 845 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 846 if (cindent_on() | |
| 847 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 848 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 849 # endif | |
| 850 ) | |
| 851 { | |
| 852 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 853 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 854 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 855 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 856 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 857 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 858 goto force_cindent; | |
| 859 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 860 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 861 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 862 } | |
| 863 #endif | |
| 864 | |
| 865 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 866 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 867 switch (c) | |
| 868 { | |
| 869 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 870 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 871 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 872 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 873 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 874 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 875 } | |
| 876 #endif | |
| 877 | |
| 878 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 879 /* | |
| 880 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 881 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 882 * characters. | |
| 883 */ | |
| 884 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 885 continue; | |
| 886 #endif | |
| 887 | |
| 888 /* | |
| 889 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 890 */ | |
| 891 switch (c) | |
| 892 { | |
| 449 | 893 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 894 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 895 break; | |
| 896 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 897 | |
| 449 | 898 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 899 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 900 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 901 { | |
| 902 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 903 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 904 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 905 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 906 goto doESCkey; |
| 907 } | |
| 908 #endif | |
| 909 | |
| 910 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 911 do_intr: | |
| 912 #endif | |
| 913 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 914 * Insert mode */ | |
| 915 if (goto_im()) | |
| 916 { | |
| 917 if (got_int) | |
| 918 { | |
| 919 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 920 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 921 } | |
| 922 else | |
| 923 vim_beep(); | |
| 924 break; | |
| 925 } | |
| 926 doESCkey: | |
| 927 /* | |
| 928 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 929 */ | |
| 930 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 931 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 932 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 933 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 934 | |
| 477 | 935 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 936 { |
| 937 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 938 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 939 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 940 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 941 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 942 #endif |
| 7 | 943 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 944 } |
| 7 | 945 continue; |
| 946 | |
| 449 | 947 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 948 if (!p_im) | |
| 949 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 950 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 951 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 952 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 953 | |
| 954 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 955 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 956 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 957 goto docomplete; |
| 958 #endif | |
| 959 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 960 break; | |
| 961 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 962 |
| 963 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 964 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 965 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 966 { | |
| 967 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 968 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 969 } | |
| 970 #endif | |
| 449 | 971 count = 0; |
| 972 goto doESCkey; | |
| 973 | |
| 464 | 974 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 975 case K_KINS: | |
| 976 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 977 break; | |
| 978 | |
| 979 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 980 break; | |
| 981 | |
| 449 | 982 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 983 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 984 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 985 goto doESCkey; | |
| 986 #endif | |
| 987 | |
| 988 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 989 case K_F1: | |
| 990 case K_XF1: | |
| 991 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 992 if (p_im) | |
| 993 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 994 goto doESCkey; | |
| 995 | |
| 996 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 997 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 998 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 999 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1000 --no_mapping; |
| 1001 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1002 break; | |
| 1003 #endif | |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1006 case NUL: |
| 1007 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1008 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1009 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1010 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1011 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1012 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1013 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1014 break; | |
| 1015 | |
| 449 | 1016 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1017 ins_reg(); |
| 1018 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1019 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1020 break; | |
| 1021 | |
| 449 | 1022 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1023 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1024 break; | |
| 1025 | |
| 449 | 1026 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1027 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1028 break; |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1031 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1032 if (!p_ari) |
| 1033 goto normalchar; | |
| 1034 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1035 break; | |
| 1036 #endif | |
| 1037 | |
| 449 | 1038 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1039 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1040 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1041 goto docomplete; | |
| 1042 #endif | |
| 1043 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1044 | |
| 449 | 1045 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1046 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1047 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1048 { | |
| 449 | 1049 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1050 goto docomplete; | |
| 1051 break; | |
| 7 | 1052 } |
| 1053 # endif | |
| 1054 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1055 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1056 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1057 break; | |
| 1058 | |
| 449 | 1059 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1060 case K_KDEL: |
| 1061 ins_del(); | |
| 1062 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1063 break; | |
| 1064 | |
| 449 | 1065 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1066 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1067 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1068 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1069 break; | |
| 1070 | |
| 449 | 1071 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1072 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1073 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1074 break; | |
| 1075 | |
| 449 | 1076 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1077 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1078 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1079 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1080 goto docomplete; |
| 1081 # endif | |
| 7 | 1082 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1083 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1084 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1085 break; | |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1088 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1089 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1090 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1091 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1092 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1093 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1094 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1095 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1096 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1097 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1098 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1099 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1100 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1101 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1102 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1103 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1104 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1105 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1106 break; | |
| 1107 | |
| 449 | 1108 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
| 7 | 1109 ins_mousescroll(FALSE); |
| 1110 break; | |
| 1111 | |
| 449 | 1112 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
| 7 | 1113 ins_mousescroll(TRUE); |
| 1114 break; | |
| 1115 #endif | |
| 692 | 1116 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1117 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1118 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1119 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1120 break; | |
| 1121 #endif | |
| 7 | 1122 |
| 449 | 1123 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1124 break; |
| 1125 | |
| 661 | 1126 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1127 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1128 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1129 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1130 break; | |
| 1131 #endif | |
| 1132 | |
| 625 | 1133 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1134 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1135 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1136 case K_F4: | |
| 1137 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1138 goto normalchar; | |
| 1139 break; | |
| 1140 #endif | |
| 1141 | |
| 7 | 1142 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1143 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1144 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1145 break; | |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1148 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1149 break; | |
| 1150 #endif | |
| 1151 | |
| 449 | 1152 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1153 case K_KHOME: |
| 1154 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1155 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1156 ins_home(c); | |
| 1157 break; | |
| 1158 | |
| 449 | 1159 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1160 case K_KEND: |
| 1161 case K_S_END: | |
| 1162 case K_C_END: | |
| 1163 ins_end(c); | |
| 1164 break; | |
| 1165 | |
| 449 | 1166 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1167 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1168 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1169 else | |
| 1170 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1171 break; |
| 1172 | |
| 449 | 1173 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1174 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1175 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1176 break; | |
| 1177 | |
| 449 | 1178 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1179 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1180 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1181 else | |
| 1182 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1183 break; |
| 1184 | |
| 449 | 1185 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1186 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1187 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1188 break; | |
| 1189 | |
| 449 | 1190 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1191 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1192 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1193 goto docomplete; | |
| 1194 #endif | |
| 180 | 1195 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1196 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1197 else | |
| 1198 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1199 break; |
| 1200 | |
| 449 | 1201 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1202 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1203 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1204 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1205 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1206 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1207 #endif |
| 7 | 1208 ins_pageup(); |
| 1209 break; | |
| 1210 | |
| 449 | 1211 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1212 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1213 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1214 goto docomplete; | |
| 1215 #endif | |
| 180 | 1216 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1217 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1218 else | |
| 1219 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1220 break; |
| 1221 | |
| 449 | 1222 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1223 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1224 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1225 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1226 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1227 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1228 #endif |
| 7 | 1229 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1230 break; | |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1233 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1234 ins_drop(); |
| 1235 break; | |
| 1236 #endif | |
| 1237 | |
| 449 | 1238 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1239 c = TAB; |
| 1240 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1241 | |
| 449 | 1242 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1243 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1244 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1245 goto docomplete; | |
| 1246 #endif | |
| 1247 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1248 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1249 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1250 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1251 break; | |
| 1252 | |
| 449 | 1253 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1254 c = CAR; |
| 1255 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1256 case CAR: | |
| 1257 case NL: | |
| 1258 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1259 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1260 * cursor. */ | |
| 1261 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1262 { | |
| 644 | 1263 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1264 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1265 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1266 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1267 break; |
| 1268 } | |
| 1269 #endif | |
| 1270 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1271 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1272 { | |
| 1273 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1274 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1275 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1276 } | |
| 1277 #endif | |
| 1278 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1279 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1280 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1281 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1282 break; | |
| 1283 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1284 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1285 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1286 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1287 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1288 { | |
| 449 | 1289 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1290 goto docomplete; | |
| 1291 break; | |
| 7 | 1292 } |
| 1293 # endif | |
| 1294 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1295 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1296 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1297 break; | |
| 1298 # endif | |
| 1299 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1300 #endif |
| 7 | 1301 |
| 1302 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1303 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1304 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1305 break; | |
| 1306 | |
| 449 | 1307 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1308 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1309 goto normalchar; | |
| 1310 goto docomplete; | |
| 1311 | |
| 449 | 1312 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1313 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1314 goto normalchar; | |
| 1315 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1316 |
| 1317 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1318 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1319 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1320 goto normalchar; | |
| 1321 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1322 #endif |
| 1323 | |
| 449 | 1324 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1325 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1326 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1327 #endif | |
| 1328 { | |
| 1329 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1330 if (p_im) | |
| 1331 { | |
| 1332 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1333 break; | |
| 1334 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1335 } | |
| 1336 goto normalchar; | |
| 1337 } | |
| 1338 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1339 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1340 | |
| 449 | 1341 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1342 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1343 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1344 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1345 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1346 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1347 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1348 goto normalchar; |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1351 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1352 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1353 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1354 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1355 break; |
| 1356 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1357 | |
| 449 | 1358 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1359 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1360 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1361 break; |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 default: | |
| 1364 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1365 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1366 goto do_intr; | |
| 1367 #endif | |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 /* | |
| 1370 * Insert a nomal character. | |
| 1371 */ | |
| 1372 normalchar: | |
| 1373 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1374 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1375 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1376 #endif | |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1379 { | |
| 1380 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1381 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1382 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1383 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1384 #endif | |
| 1385 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1386 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1387 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1388 } | |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( | |
| 1391 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1392 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1393 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1394 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1395 #endif | |
| 1396 c)) | |
| 1397 { | |
| 1398 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1399 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1400 revins_legal++; | |
| 1401 revins_chars++; | |
| 1402 #endif | |
| 1403 } | |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1408 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1409 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1410 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1411 #endif | |
| 1412 break; | |
| 1413 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1414 | |
| 978 | 1415 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1416 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1417 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1418 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1419 #endif | |
| 1420 | |
| 7 | 1421 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1422 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1423 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1426 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1427 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1428 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1429 # endif | |
| 1430 ) | |
| 1431 { | |
| 1432 force_cindent: | |
| 1433 /* | |
| 1434 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1435 */ | |
| 1436 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1439 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1440 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1441 } | |
| 1442 } | |
| 1443 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1446 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1447 } | |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 /* | |
| 1450 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1451 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1452 * option work correctly. | |
| 1453 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1454 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1455 */ | |
| 1456 static void | |
| 661 | 1457 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1458 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1459 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1460 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1461 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1462 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1463 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1464 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1465 |
| 7 | 1466 if (!char_avail()) |
| 1467 { | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1468 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 794 | 1469 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1470 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1471 if (ready && ( |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1472 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1473 has_cursormovedI() |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1474 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1475 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1476 || |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1477 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1478 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1479 curwin->w_p_conceal |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1480 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1481 ) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1482 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
| 794 | 1483 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1484 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1485 # endif |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1486 ) |
| 661 | 1487 { |
| 1506 | 1488 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1489 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1490 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1491 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1492 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1493 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
| 1506 | 1494 update_screen(0); |
| 1495 # endif | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1496 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1497 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1498 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1499 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1500 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1501 if (curwin->w_p_conceal) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1502 { |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1503 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1504 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1505 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1506 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1507 # endif |
| 661 | 1508 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 1509 } | |
| 1510 #endif | |
| 7 | 1511 if (must_redraw) |
| 1512 update_screen(0); | |
| 1513 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1514 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1515 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1516 if (conceal_update_lines |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1517 && conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1518 { |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1519 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1520 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1521 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1522 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1523 # endif |
| 7 | 1524 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1525 setcursor(); | |
| 1526 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 1527 } | |
| 1528 } | |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 /* | |
| 1531 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1532 */ | |
| 1533 static void | |
| 1534 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1535 { | |
| 1536 int c; | |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1539 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1540 |
| 1541 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 1542 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); | |
| 1543 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1546 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1547 #endif | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 c = get_literal(); | |
| 1550 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1551 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1552 #endif | |
| 1553 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1554 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1555 revins_chars++; | |
| 1556 revins_legal++; | |
| 1557 #endif | |
| 1558 } | |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 /* | |
| 1561 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1562 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1563 */ | |
| 1564 static int pc_status; | |
| 1565 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1566 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1567 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1568 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1570 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1571 #else | |
| 1572 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1573 #endif | |
| 1574 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1575 static int pc_row; | |
| 1576 static int pc_col; | |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 void | |
| 1579 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1580 int c; | |
| 1581 int highlight; | |
| 1582 { | |
| 1583 int attr; | |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1586 { | |
| 1587 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1588 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1589 if (highlight) | |
| 1590 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1591 else | |
| 1592 attr = 0; | |
| 1593 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1594 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1595 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1596 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1597 #endif | |
| 1598 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1599 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1600 { | |
| 1601 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1602 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1603 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1604 { | |
| 1605 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1608 { | |
| 1609 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1610 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1611 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1612 } | |
| 1613 } | |
| 1614 # endif | |
| 1615 } | |
| 1616 else | |
| 1617 #endif | |
| 1618 { | |
| 1619 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1620 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1621 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1622 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1623 #endif | |
| 1624 } | |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1627 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1628 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1629 #endif | |
| 1630 { | |
| 1631 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1632 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1633 } | |
| 1634 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1635 } | |
| 1636 } | |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 /* | |
| 1639 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1640 */ | |
| 1641 void | |
| 1642 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1643 { | |
| 1644 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1645 { | |
| 1646 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1647 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1648 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1649 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1650 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1651 else | |
| 1652 #endif | |
| 1653 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1654 } | |
| 1655 } | |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 /* | |
| 1658 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1659 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1660 */ | |
| 1661 void | |
| 1662 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1663 colnr_T col; | |
| 1664 { | |
| 1665 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1668 return; | |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 cursor_off(); | |
| 1671 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1672 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1673 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1674 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1675 { | |
| 1676 char_u *p; | |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1679 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1680 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1681 } | |
| 1682 #endif | |
| 1683 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1684 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1685 { | |
| 1686 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1687 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1688 } | |
| 1689 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1690 } | |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 /* | |
| 1693 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1694 * in insert mode. | |
| 1695 */ | |
| 1696 static void | |
| 1697 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1698 { | |
| 1699 if (dollar_vcol) | |
| 1700 { | |
| 1701 dollar_vcol = 0; | |
| 1702 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1703 } | |
| 1704 } | |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 /* | |
| 1707 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1708 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1709 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1710 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1711 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1712 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1713 */ | |
| 1714 void | |
| 1516 | 1715 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1716 int type; |
| 1717 int amount; | |
| 1718 int round; | |
| 1719 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1720 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1721 { |
| 1722 int vcol; | |
| 1723 int last_vcol; | |
| 1724 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1725 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1726 int i; | |
| 1727 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1728 int save_p_list; | |
| 1729 int start_col; | |
| 1730 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1731 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1732 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1733 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1736 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1737 { | |
| 1738 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1739 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1740 } | |
| 1741 #endif | |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1744 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1745 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1746 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1747 vcol = vc; | |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 /* | |
| 1750 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1751 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1752 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1753 */ | |
| 1754 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1757 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1758 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1759 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 /* | |
| 1764 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1765 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1766 */ | |
| 1767 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1768 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1771 start_col = -1; | |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 /* | |
| 1774 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1775 */ | |
| 1776 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1777 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1778 else |
| 1779 { | |
| 1780 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1781 int save_State = State; | |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1784 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1785 State = INSERT; | |
| 1786 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1787 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1788 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1789 State = save_State; | |
| 1790 #endif | |
| 1791 } | |
| 1792 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 /* | |
| 1795 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1796 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1797 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1798 * non-blank character. | |
| 1799 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1800 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1801 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1802 */ | |
| 1803 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1804 { | |
| 1805 /* | |
| 1806 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1807 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1808 */ | |
| 1809 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1810 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1811 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1812 } | |
| 1813 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1814 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1815 else | |
| 1816 { | |
| 1817 /* | |
| 1818 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1819 */ | |
| 1820 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1821 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1822 |
| 1823 /* | |
| 1824 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1825 */ | |
| 1826 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1827 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1828 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1829 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1830 { | |
| 1831 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1832 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1833 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1834 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1835 else |
| 1836 #endif | |
| 1837 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 1838 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 1839 } | |
| 1840 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1841 | |
| 1842 /* | |
| 1843 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1844 * the right screen column. | |
| 1845 */ | |
| 1846 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1847 { | |
| 1869 | 1848 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1849 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1850 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1851 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1852 { | |
| 1853 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1854 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1855 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1856 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1857 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1858 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1859 } | |
| 1860 } | |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 /* | |
| 1863 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1864 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1865 */ | |
| 1866 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1867 } | |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1872 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1873 else | |
| 1869 | 1874 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1875 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 1876 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 /* | |
| 1879 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 1880 */ | |
| 1881 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 1882 { | |
| 1883 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 1884 { | |
| 1885 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1886 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 1887 else | |
| 1888 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1889 } | |
| 1890 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1891 ai_col = 0; | |
| 1892 else | |
| 1893 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1894 } | |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 /* | |
| 1897 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 1898 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 1899 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 1900 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 1901 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 1902 */ | |
| 1903 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 1904 { | |
| 1905 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 1906 { | |
| 1907 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1908 --start_col; | |
| 1909 } | |
| 1910 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 1911 { | |
| 1912 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1913 if (replaced) | |
| 1914 { | |
| 1915 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 1916 replaced = NUL; | |
| 1917 } | |
| 1918 ++start_col; | |
| 1919 } | |
| 1920 } | |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1923 /* | |
| 1924 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 1925 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 1926 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 1927 */ | |
| 1928 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1929 { | |
| 1930 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 1931 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 1932 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 1933 return; | |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 /* Save new line */ | |
| 1936 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1937 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 1938 return; | |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 1941 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1944 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 1945 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 1948 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1951 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 1954 } | |
| 1955 #endif | |
| 1956 } | |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 /* | |
| 1959 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 1960 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 1961 * modes. | |
| 1962 */ | |
| 1963 void | |
| 1964 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 1965 char_u *line; | |
| 1966 { | |
| 1967 int i; | |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 1970 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 1971 { | |
| 1972 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1973 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1974 } | |
| 1975 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 1976 } | |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 1979 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1980 /* | |
| 1981 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 1982 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 1983 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 1984 * character. | |
| 7 | 1985 */ |
| 1986 void | |
| 1987 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 1988 int col; | |
| 1989 { | |
| 1990 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 1991 { | |
| 1992 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 1993 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 1994 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 1995 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 1996 break; | |
| 1997 } | |
| 1998 } | |
| 1999 #endif | |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 /* | |
| 2002 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2003 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2004 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2005 */ | |
| 2006 static int | |
| 2007 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2008 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2009 { |
| 2010 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2011 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2012 { | |
| 1869 | 2013 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2014 |
| 2015 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2016 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2017 * composing character. */ | |
| 2018 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2019 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2020 { |
| 2021 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2024 break; | |
| 2025 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2026 } | |
| 2027 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2028 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2029 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2030 } |
| 2031 else | |
| 2032 #endif | |
| 2033 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2034 return TRUE; | |
| 2035 } | |
| 7 | 2036 |
| 2037 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2038 /* | |
| 449 | 2039 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2040 */ | |
| 2041 static void | |
| 2042 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2043 { | |
| 2044 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2045 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2046 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2047 { | |
| 2048 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2049 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2050 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2051 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2052 else |
| 2053 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2054 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2055 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2056 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2057 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2058 showmode(); | |
| 2059 } | |
| 2060 } | |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 /* | |
| 2063 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2064 */ | |
| 2065 static int | |
| 2066 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2067 int dict_opt; | |
| 2068 { | |
| 703 | 2069 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2070 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2071 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2072 # endif | |
| 2073 ) | |
| 449 | 2074 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2075 { | |
| 2076 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2077 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2078 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2079 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2080 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2081 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2082 { | |
| 2083 vim_beep(); | |
| 2084 setcursor(); | |
| 2085 out_flush(); | |
| 2086 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2087 } | |
| 2088 return FALSE; | |
| 2089 } | |
| 2090 return TRUE; | |
| 2091 } | |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 /* | |
| 7 | 2094 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2095 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2096 */ | |
| 2097 int | |
| 2098 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2099 int c; | |
| 2100 { | |
| 2101 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2102 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2103 return TRUE; | |
| 2104 | |
| 610 | 2105 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2106 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2107 return TRUE; |
| 2108 | |
| 7 | 2109 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2110 { | |
| 2111 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2112 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2113 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2114 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2115 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2116 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2117 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2118 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 2119 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); | |
| 7 | 2120 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2121 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2122 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2123 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2124 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2125 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2126 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2127 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2128 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2129 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2130 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2131 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2132 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2133 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2134 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2135 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2136 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2137 #endif | |
| 2138 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2139 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2140 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2141 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2142 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2143 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2144 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2145 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2146 #endif |
| 477 | 2147 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2148 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2149 } |
| 2150 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2151 return FALSE; | |
| 2152 } | |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 /* | |
| 1430 | 2155 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2156 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2157 * is visible. | |
| 2158 */ | |
| 2159 static int | |
| 2160 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2161 int c; | |
| 2162 { | |
| 2163 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2164 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2165 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2168 { | |
| 2169 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2170 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2171 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2172 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2173 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2176 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2177 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2178 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2179 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2182 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2183 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2184 } | |
| 2185 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2186 } | |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 /* | |
| 659 | 2189 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2190 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2191 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2192 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2193 */ | |
| 2194 int | |
| 681 | 2195 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2196 char_u *str; |
| 2197 int len; | |
| 681 | 2198 int icase; |
| 7 | 2199 char_u *fname; |
| 2200 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2201 int flags; |
| 7 | 2202 { |
| 1353 | 2203 char_u *p; |
| 2204 int i, c; | |
| 2205 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2206 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2227 | 2207 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2208 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2209 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2210 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2211 |
| 1436 | 2212 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2213 { |
| 2214 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2217 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2218 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2219 { | |
| 2220 p = str; | |
| 2221 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2222 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2223 { | |
| 2224 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2225 ++actual_len; | |
| 2226 } | |
| 2227 } | |
| 2228 else | |
| 2229 #endif | |
| 2230 actual_len = len; | |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2233 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2234 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2235 { | |
| 2236 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2237 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2238 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2239 { |
| 1353 | 2240 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2241 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2242 } | |
| 2243 } | |
| 2244 else | |
| 2245 #endif | |
| 2246 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2247 | |
| 2227 | 2248 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2249 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2250 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2251 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2252 | |
| 1353 | 2253 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2254 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2255 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2256 { | |
| 2257 p = str; | |
| 2258 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2259 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2260 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2261 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2262 else | |
| 2263 #endif | |
| 2264 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2267 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2227 | 2268 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2269 { |
| 2270 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2271 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2272 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2273 else | |
| 2274 #endif | |
| 2275 c = *(p++); | |
| 2276 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2277 { |
| 1353 | 2278 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2279 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2280 { | |
| 2281 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2282 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2283 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2284 break; | |
| 2285 } | |
| 7 | 2286 } |
| 2287 } | |
| 1353 | 2288 |
| 2289 /* | |
| 2290 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2291 * upper case. | |
| 2292 */ | |
| 2293 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2294 { | |
| 2295 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2227 | 2296 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2297 { |
| 2298 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2299 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2300 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2301 else | |
| 2302 #endif | |
| 2303 c = *(p++); | |
| 2304 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2305 { | |
| 2306 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2307 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2308 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2309 break; | |
| 2310 } | |
| 2311 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2312 } | |
| 2313 } | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2316 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2227 | 2317 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2318 { |
| 1353 | 2319 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2320 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2321 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2322 else | |
| 2323 #endif | |
| 2324 c = *(p++); | |
| 2325 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2326 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2327 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2328 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2329 } |
| 1353 | 2330 |
| 1436 | 2331 /* |
| 1353 | 2332 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2333 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2334 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2335 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2336 */ | |
| 2337 p = IObuff; | |
| 2338 i = 0; | |
| 2339 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2340 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2341 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2342 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2343 else |
| 2344 #endif | |
| 2345 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2346 *p = NUL; | |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2349 } | |
| 7 | 2350 |
| 841 | 2351 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2352 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2353 } | |
| 2354 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2355 } |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 /* | |
| 2358 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2359 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2360 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2361 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2362 */ |
| 841 | 2363 static int |
| 944 | 2364 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2365 char_u *str; |
| 2366 int len; | |
| 681 | 2367 int icase; |
| 7 | 2368 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2369 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2370 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2371 int flags; |
| 944 | 2372 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2373 { |
| 464 | 2374 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2375 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2376 |
| 2377 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2378 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2379 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2380 if (len < 0) |
| 2381 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 /* | |
| 2384 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2385 */ | |
| 944 | 2386 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2387 { |
| 2388 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2389 do |
| 2390 { | |
| 464 | 2391 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2392 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2393 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2394 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2395 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2396 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2397 } |
| 2398 | |
| 540 | 2399 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2400 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2401 | |
| 7 | 2402 /* |
| 2403 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2404 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2405 */ | |
| 659 | 2406 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2407 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2408 return FAIL; |
| 2409 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2410 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2411 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2412 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2413 { |
| 2414 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2415 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2416 } |
| 681 | 2417 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2418 |
| 7 | 2419 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2420 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2421 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2422 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2423 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2424 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2425 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2426 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2427 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2428 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2429 { | |
| 2430 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2431 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2432 } |
| 7 | 2433 else |
| 464 | 2434 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2435 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2436 |
| 2437 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2438 { | |
| 2439 int i; | |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2442 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2443 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2444 } | |
| 7 | 2445 |
| 2446 /* | |
| 2447 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2448 */ | |
| 449 | 2449 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2450 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2451 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2452 { | |
| 464 | 2453 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2454 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2455 } |
| 2456 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2457 { | |
| 464 | 2458 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2459 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2460 } | |
| 2461 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2462 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2463 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2464 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2465 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2466 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2467 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2468 |
| 665 | 2469 /* |
| 2470 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2471 */ | |
| 2472 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2473 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2474 | |
| 7 | 2475 return OK; |
| 2476 } | |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 /* | |
| 681 | 2479 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2480 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2481 */ | |
| 2482 static int | |
| 2483 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2484 compl_T *match; | |
| 2485 char_u *str; | |
| 2486 int len; | |
| 2487 { | |
| 2488 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2489 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2490 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2491 } | |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 /* | |
| 665 | 2494 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2495 */ | |
| 2496 static void | |
| 2497 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2498 compl_T *match; | |
| 2499 { | |
| 2500 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2501 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2502 int had_match; |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2505 { |
| 665 | 2506 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2507 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2508 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2509 { | |
| 2510 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2511 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2512 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2513 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2516 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2517 if (!had_match) | |
| 2518 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2519 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2520 } | |
| 2521 } | |
| 665 | 2522 else |
| 2523 { | |
| 2524 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2525 p = compl_leader; |
| 2526 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2527 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2528 { |
| 2529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2530 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2531 { | |
| 681 | 2532 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2533 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2534 } |
| 2535 else | |
| 2536 #endif | |
| 2537 { | |
| 681 | 2538 c1 = *p; |
| 2539 c2 = *s; | |
| 2540 } | |
| 2541 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2542 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2543 break; | |
| 2544 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2545 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2546 { | |
| 2547 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2548 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2549 } | |
| 2550 else | |
| 2551 #endif | |
| 2552 { | |
| 2553 ++p; | |
| 2554 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2555 } |
| 2556 } | |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2559 { | |
| 2560 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2561 *p = NUL; | |
| 2562 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2563 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2564 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2565 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2568 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2569 if (!had_match) | |
| 2570 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2571 } | |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2574 } | |
| 2575 } | |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 /* | |
| 7 | 2578 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2579 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2580 */ | |
| 2581 static void | |
| 681 | 2582 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2583 int num_matches; |
| 2584 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2585 int icase; |
| 7 | 2586 { |
| 2587 int i; | |
| 2588 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2589 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2590 |
| 464 | 2591 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2592 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2593 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2594 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2595 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2596 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2597 } | |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2600 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2601 */ | |
| 2602 static int | |
| 2603 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2604 { | |
| 464 | 2605 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2606 int count = 0; |
| 2607 | |
| 449 | 2608 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2609 { |
| 2610 /* | |
| 2611 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2612 */ | |
| 449 | 2613 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2614 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2615 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2616 { | |
| 2617 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2618 ++count; |
| 2619 } | |
| 464 | 2620 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2621 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2622 } |
| 2623 return count; | |
| 2624 } | |
| 2625 | |
| 724 | 2626 /* |
| 2627 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2628 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2629 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2630 */ | |
| 2631 void | |
| 2632 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2633 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2634 list_T *list; |
| 2635 { | |
| 2636 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2637 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2638 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2639 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2642 return; | |
| 2643 | |
| 1869 | 2644 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2645 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2646 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2647 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2648 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2649 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2650 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2651 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2652 return; |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
| 2655 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2658 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2659 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2660 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2661 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2662 |
| 2663 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2664 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2665 out_flush(); | |
| 2666 } | |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 | |
| 574 | 2669 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2670 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2671 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2672 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 /* | |
| 2675 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2676 */ | |
| 2677 static void | |
| 2678 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2679 { | |
| 2680 int h; | |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2683 { | |
| 2684 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2685 update_screen(0); | |
| 2686 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2687 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2688 } | |
| 2689 } | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 /* | |
| 2692 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2693 */ | |
| 2694 static void | |
| 2695 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2696 { | |
| 2697 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2698 { | |
| 2699 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2700 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2701 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2702 } | |
| 2703 } | |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 /* | |
| 2706 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2707 */ | |
| 2708 static int | |
| 2709 pum_wanted() | |
| 2710 { | |
| 707 | 2711 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2712 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2713 return FALSE; |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2716 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2717 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2718 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2719 #endif | |
| 2720 ) | |
| 2721 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2722 return TRUE; |
| 2723 } | |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 /* | |
| 2726 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2727 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2728 */ |
| 2729 static int | |
| 707 | 2730 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2731 { |
| 2732 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2733 int i; | |
| 540 | 2734 |
| 2735 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2736 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2737 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2738 i = 0; | |
| 2739 do | |
| 2740 { | |
| 2741 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2742 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2743 break; | |
| 2744 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2745 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2746 | |
| 707 | 2747 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2748 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2749 return (i >= 2); |
| 2750 } | |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 /* | |
| 2753 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2754 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2755 */ |
| 648 | 2756 void |
| 540 | 2757 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2758 { | |
| 2759 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2760 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2761 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2762 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2763 int i; |
| 2764 int cur = -1; | |
| 2765 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2766 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2767 | |
| 707 | 2768 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2769 return; |
| 2770 | |
| 794 | 2771 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2772 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2773 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2774 #endif | |
| 2775 | |
| 540 | 2776 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2777 update_screen(0); | |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2780 { | |
| 2781 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2782 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2783 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2784 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2785 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2786 do |
| 2787 { | |
| 657 | 2788 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2789 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2790 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2791 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2792 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2793 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2794 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2795 return; | |
| 659 | 2796 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2797 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2798 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2799 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2800 { | |
| 829 | 2801 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2802 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2803 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2804 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2805 | |
| 540 | 2806 i = 0; |
| 2807 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2808 do | |
| 2809 { | |
| 657 | 2810 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2811 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2812 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2813 { |
| 659 | 2814 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2815 { | |
| 2816 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2817 { | |
| 2818 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2819 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2820 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2821 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2822 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2823 } | |
| 2824 else | |
| 2825 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2826 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2827 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2828 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2829 } |
| 786 | 2830 |
| 2831 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2832 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2833 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2834 else | |
| 2835 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2836 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2837 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2838 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2839 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2840 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2841 else |
| 2842 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2843 } | |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2846 { | |
| 2847 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2848 |
| 2849 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2850 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2851 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2852 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2853 | |
| 659 | 2854 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2855 { | |
| 2856 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2857 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2858 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2859 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2860 } | |
| 540 | 2861 } |
| 2862 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2863 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2864 |
| 2865 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2866 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2867 } |
| 2868 } | |
| 2869 else | |
| 2870 { | |
| 2871 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2872 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 2873 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 2874 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 2875 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 2876 { |
| 2877 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 2878 break; |
| 829 | 2879 } |
| 540 | 2880 } |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2883 { | |
| 2884 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 2885 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 2886 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2887 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 2888 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 2889 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 2890 } | |
| 2891 } | |
| 2892 | |
| 7 | 2893 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 2894 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 2895 |
| 7 | 2896 /* |
| 703 | 2897 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 2898 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 2899 */ |
| 2900 static void | |
| 703 | 2901 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 2902 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2903 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 2904 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 2905 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 2906 { | |
| 2907 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2908 char_u *ptr; |
| 2909 char_u *buf; | |
| 2910 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 2911 char_u **files; | |
| 2912 int count; | |
| 2913 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 2914 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2915 |
| 703 | 2916 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 2917 { | |
| 744 | 2918 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2919 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 2920 * "spell". */ | |
| 2921 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 2922 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 2923 else | |
| 2924 #endif | |
| 2925 return; | |
| 2926 } | |
| 2927 | |
| 7 | 2928 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 2929 if (buf == NULL) |
| 2930 return; | |
| 1074 | 2931 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 2932 |
| 7 | 2933 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 2934 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 2935 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 2936 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 2937 |
| 2938 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 2939 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 2940 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 667 | 2941 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 2942 { | |
| 842 | 2943 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 2944 size_t len; |
| 842 | 2945 |
| 2946 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 2947 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 2948 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 2949 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 2950 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 2951 { |
| 2952 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 2953 goto theend; |
| 842 | 2954 } |
| 1869 | 2955 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 2956 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 2957 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 2958 vim_free(ptr); |
| 2959 } | |
| 2960 else | |
| 703 | 2961 { |
| 667 | 2962 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 2963 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 2964 goto theend; | |
| 2965 } | |
| 667 | 2966 |
| 7 | 2967 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 2968 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 2969 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 2970 { |
| 2971 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 2972 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 2973 { | |
| 2974 count = 1; | |
| 2975 files = &dict; | |
| 2976 } | |
| 2977 else | |
| 2978 { | |
| 2979 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 2980 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 2981 * a modeline). */ | |
| 2982 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 2983 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2984 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 2985 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 2986 else |
| 2987 # endif | |
| 2988 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 2989 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 2990 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 2991 count = 0; | |
| 2992 } | |
| 2993 | |
| 744 | 2994 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2995 if (count == -1) |
| 2996 { | |
| 712 | 2997 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 2998 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 2999 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3000 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3001 else | |
| 3002 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3003 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3004 } |
| 3005 else | |
| 744 | 3006 # endif |
| 938 | 3007 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3008 { |
| 3009 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3010 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3011 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3012 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3013 } | |
| 3014 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3015 break; |
| 3016 } | |
| 703 | 3017 |
| 3018 theend: | |
| 7 | 3019 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
| 3020 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 3021 vim_free(buf); | |
| 3022 } | |
| 3023 | |
| 703 | 3024 static void |
| 3025 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3026 int count; | |
| 3027 char_u **files; | |
| 3028 int thesaurus; | |
| 3029 int flags; | |
| 3030 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3031 char_u *buf; | |
| 3032 int *dir; | |
| 3033 { | |
| 3034 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3035 int i; | |
| 3036 FILE *fp; | |
| 3037 int add_r; | |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3040 { | |
| 3041 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3042 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3043 { | |
| 3044 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3045 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3046 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3047 } |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3050 { | |
| 3051 /* | |
| 3052 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3053 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3054 */ | |
| 3055 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3056 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3057 { | |
| 3058 ptr = buf; | |
| 3059 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3060 { | |
| 3061 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 3062 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3063 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
| 3064 else | |
| 3065 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3066 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3067 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3068 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3069 if (thesaurus) |
| 3070 { | |
| 3071 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 /* | |
| 3074 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3075 */ | |
| 1353 | 3076 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3077 while (!got_int) |
| 3078 { | |
| 3079 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3080 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3081 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3082 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3083 break; | |
| 3084 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3085 | |
| 1353 | 3086 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3088 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3089 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3090 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3091 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3092 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3093 { | |
| 3094 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3097 break; | |
| 3098 ptr += l; | |
| 3099 } | |
| 3100 else | |
| 3101 #endif | |
| 3102 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3103 |
| 3104 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3105 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3106 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3107 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3108 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3109 } |
| 3110 } | |
| 3111 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3112 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3113 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3114 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3115 break; | |
| 3116 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3117 * of line */ | |
| 3118 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3119 break; | |
| 3120 } | |
| 3121 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3122 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3123 } | |
| 3124 fclose(fp); | |
| 3125 } | |
| 3126 } | |
| 3127 } | |
| 3128 | |
| 7 | 3129 /* |
| 3130 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3131 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3132 */ | |
| 3133 char_u * | |
| 3134 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3135 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3136 { | |
| 3137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3138 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3139 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3140 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3141 else |
| 3142 #endif | |
| 3143 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3144 ++ptr; | |
| 3145 return ptr; | |
| 3146 } | |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 /* | |
| 3149 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3150 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3151 */ | |
| 3152 char_u * | |
| 3153 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3154 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3155 { | |
| 3156 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3157 int start_class; | |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3160 { | |
| 3161 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3162 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3163 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3164 { | |
| 474 | 3165 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3166 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3167 break; | |
| 3168 } | |
| 3169 } | |
| 3170 else | |
| 3171 #endif | |
| 3172 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3173 ++ptr; | |
| 3174 return ptr; | |
| 3175 } | |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 /* | |
| 667 | 3178 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3179 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3180 */ | |
| 3181 static char_u * | |
| 3182 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3183 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3184 { | |
| 3185 char_u *s; | |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3188 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3189 --s; | |
| 3190 return s; | |
| 3191 } | |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 /* | |
| 7 | 3194 * Free the list of completions |
| 3195 */ | |
| 3196 static void | |
| 3197 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3198 { | |
| 464 | 3199 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3200 int i; |
| 7 | 3201 |
| 449 | 3202 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3203 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3204 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3205 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3206 |
| 3207 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3208 return; |
| 540 | 3209 |
| 3210 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3211 pum_clear(); | |
| 3212 | |
| 449 | 3213 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3214 do |
| 3215 { | |
| 449 | 3216 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3217 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3218 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3219 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3220 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3221 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3222 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3223 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3224 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3225 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3226 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3227 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3228 } |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 static void | |
| 3231 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3232 { | |
| 449 | 3233 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3234 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3235 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3236 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3237 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3238 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3239 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3240 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3241 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3242 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3243 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3244 } |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 /* | |
| 674 | 3247 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3248 */ | |
| 3249 int | |
| 3250 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3251 { | |
| 3252 return compl_started; | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 | |
| 3255 /* | |
| 659 | 3256 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3257 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3258 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3259 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3260 */ |
| 3261 static int | |
| 3262 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 char_u *line; | |
| 3265 char_u *p; | |
| 3266 | |
| 836 | 3267 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3268 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3269 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3270 | |
| 1430 | 3271 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3272 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3273 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3274 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 3275 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
| 836 | 3276 return K_BS; |
| 3277 | |
| 874 | 3278 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3279 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3280 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3281 || compl_was_interrupted) | |
| 3282 ins_compl_restart(); | |
| 657 | 3283 |
| 3284 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3285 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3286 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3287 { | |
| 874 | 3288 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3289 return NUL; | |
| 3290 } | |
| 3291 return K_BS; | |
| 3292 } | |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 /* | |
| 3295 * Called after changing "compl_leader". | |
| 3296 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3297 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3298 */ | |
| 3299 static void | |
| 3300 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3301 { | |
| 3302 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3303 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3304 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3305 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 if (compl_started) | |
| 3308 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3309 else | |
| 3310 { | |
| 826 | 3311 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3312 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3313 #endif | |
| 3314 /* | |
| 3315 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3316 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3317 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3318 */ | |
| 3319 update_screen(0); | |
| 3320 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3321 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3322 { | |
| 3323 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3324 setcursor(); | |
| 3325 out_flush(); | |
| 3326 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3327 } | |
| 3328 #endif | |
| 3329 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3330 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3331 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3332 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3333 } | |
| 3334 | |
| 887 | 3335 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */ |
| 874 | 3336 if (!compl_used_match) |
| 3337 { | |
| 829 | 3338 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */ |
| 3339 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 3340 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)) | |
| 3341 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev; | |
| 3342 else | |
| 3343 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 3344 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 3345 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 874 | 3346 } |
| 887 | 3347 #endif |
| 3348 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; | |
| 874 | 3349 |
| 3350 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3351 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3352 |
| 3353 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3354 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3355 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3356 } |
| 3357 | |
| 3358 /* | |
| 1782 | 3359 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3360 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3361 */ | |
| 3362 static int | |
| 3363 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3364 { | |
| 1869 | 3365 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3366 |
| 3367 if (off < 0) | |
| 3368 return 0; | |
| 3369 return off; | |
| 3370 } | |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 /* | |
| 657 | 3373 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3374 * matches. | |
| 3375 */ | |
| 3376 static void | |
| 3377 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3378 int c; | |
| 3379 { | |
| 3380 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3381 int cc; | |
| 3382 | |
| 3383 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3384 { | |
| 3385 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3388 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3389 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3390 } | |
| 3391 else | |
| 3392 #endif | |
| 3393 ins_char(c); | |
| 3394 | |
| 874 | 3395 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3396 if (compl_was_interrupted) | |
| 3397 ins_compl_restart(); | |
| 3398 | |
| 657 | 3399 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3400 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3401 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 657 | 3402 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 874 | 3403 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3404 } | |
| 3405 | |
| 3406 /* | |
| 3407 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3408 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3409 */ | |
| 3410 static void | |
| 3411 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3412 { | |
| 3413 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3414 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3415 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3416 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3417 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3418 } |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 /* | |
| 3421 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3422 */ | |
| 3423 static void | |
| 3424 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3425 char_u *str; | |
| 3426 { | |
| 3427 char_u *p; | |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3430 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3431 { | |
| 3432 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3433 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3434 { | |
| 3435 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3436 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3437 } | |
| 657 | 3438 } |
| 3439 } | |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 /* | |
| 659 | 3442 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3443 * matches. | |
| 3444 */ | |
| 3445 static void | |
| 3446 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3447 { | |
| 3448 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3449 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3450 int c; |
| 887 | 3451 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3452 |
| 3453 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3454 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3455 { |
| 3456 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3457 * the leader. */ | |
| 3458 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 p = NULL; | |
| 3461 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3462 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3463 { | |
| 987 | 3464 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3465 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3466 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3467 { | |
| 3468 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3469 break; | |
| 3470 } | |
| 3471 } | |
| 3472 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3473 return; | |
| 3474 } | |
| 3475 else | |
| 3476 return; | |
| 3477 } | |
| 659 | 3478 p += len; |
| 3479 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3480 c = mb_ptr2char(p); | |
| 3481 #else | |
| 3482 c = *p; | |
| 3483 #endif | |
| 3484 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 3485 } | |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 /* | |
| 7 | 3488 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3489 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3490 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3491 */ |
| 540 | 3492 static int |
| 7 | 3493 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3494 int c; | |
| 3495 { | |
| 3496 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3497 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3498 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3499 |
| 3500 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3501 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3502 */ | |
| 3503 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3504 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3505 | |
| 1434 | 3506 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
| 3507 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP) | |
| 540 | 3508 return retval; |
| 7 | 3509 |
| 665 | 3510 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3511 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3512 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3513 { | |
| 3514 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3515 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3516 } | |
| 3517 | |
| 7 | 3518 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3519 { | |
| 3520 /* | |
| 3521 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3522 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3523 */ | |
| 3524 switch (c) | |
| 3525 { | |
| 3526 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3527 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3528 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3529 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3530 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3531 else | |
| 3532 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3533 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3534 showmode(); | |
| 3535 break; | |
| 3536 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3537 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3538 break; | |
| 3539 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3540 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3541 break; | |
| 3542 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3543 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3544 break; | |
| 3545 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3546 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3547 break; | |
| 3548 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3549 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3550 break; | |
| 12 | 3551 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3552 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3553 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3554 break; | |
| 449 | 3555 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3556 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3557 break; |
| 502 | 3558 #endif |
| 477 | 3559 case 's': |
| 3560 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3561 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3562 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3563 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3564 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3565 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3566 #endif |
| 477 | 3567 break; |
| 7 | 3568 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3569 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3570 break; | |
| 3571 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3572 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3573 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3574 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3575 break; | |
| 3576 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3577 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3578 break; | |
| 3579 #endif | |
| 3580 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3581 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3582 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3583 break; | |
| 3584 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3585 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3586 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3587 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3588 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3589 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3590 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3591 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3592 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3593 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3594 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3595 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3596 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3597 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3598 default: | |
| 449 | 3599 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3600 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3601 * mode). | |
| 3602 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3603 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3604 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3605 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3606 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3607 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3608 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3609 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3610 { | |
| 449 | 3611 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3612 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3613 else |
| 449 | 3614 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3615 } |
| 3616 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3617 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3618 showmode(); | |
| 3619 break; | |
| 3620 } | |
| 3621 } | |
| 3622 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3623 { | |
| 3624 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3625 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3626 { | |
| 3627 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3628 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3629 else | |
| 3630 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3631 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3632 } | |
| 3633 showmode(); | |
| 3634 } | |
| 3635 | |
| 449 | 3636 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3637 { |
| 3638 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3639 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3640 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3641 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3642 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3643 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3644 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3645 { | |
| 3646 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3647 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3648 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3649 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3650 { |
| 449 | 3651 char_u *p; |
| 938 | 3652 int temp = 0; |
| 449 | 3653 |
| 7 | 3654 /* |
| 836 | 3655 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3656 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3657 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3658 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3659 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3660 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3661 */ |
| 836 | 3662 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3663 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3664 else if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3665 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3666 else | |
| 3667 ptr = compl_orig_text; | |
| 897 | 3668 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) |
| 3669 { | |
| 3670 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3671 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; | |
| 3672 ++temp) | |
| 3673 ; | |
| 836 | 3674 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 897 | 3675 if (temp > 0) |
| 3676 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); | |
| 3677 #endif | |
| 3678 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3679 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3680 } | |
| 3681 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3682 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); | |
| 7 | 3683 } |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3686 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3687 #endif | |
| 3688 /* | |
| 3689 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3690 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3691 */ | |
| 449 | 3692 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3693 { |
| 3694 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3695 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3696 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3697 { | |
| 3698 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3699 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3700 } | |
| 3701 #endif | |
| 3702 } | |
| 3703 else | |
| 3704 { | |
| 1073 | 3705 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3706 | |
| 7 | 3707 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3708 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3709 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3710 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3711 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3712 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3713 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3714 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3715 } |
| 3716 | |
| 816 | 3717 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3718 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3719 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3720 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3721 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3722 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3723 retval = TRUE; |
| 3724 | |
| 816 | 3725 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3726 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3727 { | |
| 3728 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3729 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3730 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3731 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3732 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3733 retval = TRUE; |
| 3734 } | |
| 3735 | |
| 1698 | 3736 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3737 | |
| 7 | 3738 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3739 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3740 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 7 | 3741 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
| 3742 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 825 | 3743 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3744 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3745 { | |
| 3746 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3747 showmode(); | |
| 3748 } | |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3751 /* | |
| 3752 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3753 */ | |
| 3754 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3755 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3756 #endif | |
| 3757 } | |
| 3758 } | |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3761 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3762 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3763 { | |
| 449 | 3764 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3765 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3766 } |
| 540 | 3767 |
| 3768 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3769 } |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 /* | |
| 3772 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers | |
| 3773 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3774 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3775 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3776 * | |
| 3777 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3778 */ | |
| 3779 static buf_T * | |
| 3780 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3781 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3782 int flag; | |
| 3783 { | |
| 3784 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3785 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3786 #endif | |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3789 { | |
| 3790 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3791 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3792 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3793 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3794 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3795 ; | |
| 3796 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3797 #else | |
| 3798 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3799 #endif | |
| 3800 } | |
| 3801 else | |
| 3802 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3803 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3804 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3805 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3806 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3807 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3808 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3809 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3810 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3811 ; |
| 3812 return buf; | |
| 3813 } | |
| 3814 | |
| 12 | 3815 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3816 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3817 |
| 3818 /* | |
| 523 | 3819 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3820 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3821 */ |
| 659 | 3822 static void |
| 3823 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3824 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3825 char_u *base; |
| 3826 { | |
| 452 | 3827 list_T *matchlist; |
| 502 | 3828 char_u *args[2]; |
| 3829 char_u *funcname; | |
| 3830 pos_T pos; | |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 3833 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 3834 return; |
| 452 | 3835 |
| 3836 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 3837 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 3838 args[1] = base; |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3841 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
| 3842 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
| 452 | 3843 if (matchlist == NULL) |
| 659 | 3844 return; |
| 3845 | |
| 724 | 3846 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); |
| 3847 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 3848 } | |
| 3849 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 3850 | |
| 786 | 3851 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 3852 /* |
| 3853 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 3854 */ | |
| 3855 static void | |
| 3856 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 3857 list_T *list; | |
| 3858 { | |
| 3859 listitem_T *li; | |
| 3860 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 3861 | |
| 659 | 3862 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 3863 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 3864 { |
| 786 | 3865 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 3866 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3867 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 3868 else if (did_emsg) |
| 3869 break; | |
| 452 | 3870 } |
| 724 | 3871 } |
| 786 | 3872 |
| 3873 /* | |
| 3874 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. | |
| 3875 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 3876 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 3877 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 3878 */ | |
| 3879 int | |
| 3880 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 3881 typval_T *tv; | |
| 3882 int dir; | |
| 3883 { | |
| 3884 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 3885 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 3886 int adup = FALSE; |
| 786 | 3887 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 3890 { | |
| 3891 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 3892 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3893 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 3894 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3895 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 3896 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3897 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 3898 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3899 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 3900 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 3901 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 3902 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 3903 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 786 | 3904 } |
| 3905 else | |
| 3906 { | |
| 3907 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 3908 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 3909 } | |
| 3910 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL) | |
| 3911 return FAIL; | |
| 944 | 3912 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 3913 } |
| 724 | 3914 #endif |
| 12 | 3915 |
| 449 | 3916 /* |
| 3917 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 3918 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 3919 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 3920 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 3921 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 3922 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 3923 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 3924 */ |
| 3925 static int | |
| 659 | 3926 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 3927 pos_T *ini; |
| 3928 { | |
| 3929 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 3930 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 3931 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 3932 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 3933 certain type. */ | |
| 3934 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 3935 |
| 464 | 3936 pos_T *pos; |
| 3937 char_u **matches; | |
| 3938 int save_p_scs; | |
| 3939 int save_p_ws; | |
| 3940 int save_p_ic; | |
| 3941 int i; | |
| 3942 int num_matches; | |
| 3943 int len; | |
| 3944 int found_new_match; | |
| 3945 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 3946 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3947 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 3948 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 3949 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 7 | 3950 |
| 449 | 3951 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 3952 { |
| 3953 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 3954 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 3955 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 3956 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 3957 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 3958 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 3959 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 3960 } | |
| 3961 | |
| 449 | 3962 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 3963 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 3964 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 3965 for (;;) | |
| 3966 { | |
| 3967 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 3968 | |
| 449 | 3969 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 3970 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 3971 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 3972 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 3973 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 3974 { |
| 3975 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 3976 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 3977 e_cpt++; | |
| 3978 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 3979 { | |
| 3980 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 3981 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 3982 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 3983 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 3984 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 3985 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 3986 type = 0; | |
| 3987 } | |
| 3988 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 3989 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 3990 { | |
| 3991 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 3992 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 3993 { | |
| 449 | 3994 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3995 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 3996 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 3997 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 3998 type = 0; | |
| 3999 } | |
| 4000 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4001 { | |
| 4002 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4003 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4004 continue; | |
| 4005 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4006 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4007 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4008 } | |
| 274 | 4009 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4010 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4011 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4012 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 4013 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
| 4014 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4015 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4016 } |
| 4017 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4018 break; | |
| 4019 else | |
| 4020 { | |
| 4021 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4022 type = -1; | |
| 4023 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4024 { | |
| 4025 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4026 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4027 else | |
| 4028 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4029 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4030 { | |
| 4031 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4032 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4033 } | |
| 4034 } | |
| 4035 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4036 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4037 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4038 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4039 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4040 #endif | |
| 4041 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4042 { | |
| 4043 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4044 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4045 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4046 } |
| 4047 else | |
| 4048 type = -1; | |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4051 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4054 if (type == -1) | |
| 4055 continue; | |
| 4056 } | |
| 4057 } | |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 switch (type) | |
| 4060 { | |
| 4061 case -1: | |
| 4062 break; | |
| 4063 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4064 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4065 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4066 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4067 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4068 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4069 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4070 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4071 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4072 break; | |
| 4073 #endif | |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4076 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4077 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4078 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4079 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4080 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4081 ? p_tsr | |
| 4082 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4083 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4084 ? p_dict | |
| 4085 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4086 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4087 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4088 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4089 dict = NULL; |
| 4090 break; | |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4093 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4094 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4095 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4096 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4097 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4098 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4099 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4100 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4101 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4102 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4103 { | |
| 942 | 4104 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4105 } |
| 4106 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4107 break; | |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4110 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4111 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4112 { | |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4115 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 681 | 4116 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
| 4117 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 4118 TRUE | |
| 4119 #else | |
| 4120 FALSE | |
| 4121 #endif | |
| 4122 ); | |
| 7 | 4123 } |
| 4124 break; | |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4127 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4128 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4129 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4130 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4131 break; |
| 4132 | |
| 12 | 4133 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4134 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4135 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4136 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4137 break; |
| 4138 #endif | |
| 4139 | |
| 477 | 4140 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4141 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4142 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4143 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4144 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4145 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4146 #endif |
| 4147 break; | |
| 4148 | |
| 7 | 4149 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4150 /* | |
| 4151 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4152 */ | |
| 4153 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4154 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4155 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4156 |
| 7 | 4157 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 4158 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
| 4159 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4160 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4161 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4162 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4163 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4164 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4165 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4166 for (;;) | |
| 4167 { | |
| 464 | 4168 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4169 |
| 1007 | 4170 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4171 | |
| 540 | 4172 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
| 4173 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
| 7 | 4174 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
| 449 | 4175 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4176 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4177 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4178 else |
| 659 | 4179 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4180 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4181 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4182 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4183 --msg_silent; |
| 449 | 4184 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4185 { |
| 667 | 4186 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4187 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4188 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4189 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 4190 } | |
| 4191 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4192 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4193 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4194 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4195 { | |
| 4196 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4197 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4198 break; | |
| 4199 } | |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4202 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4203 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4204 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4205 continue; | |
| 4206 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 4207 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4208 { | |
| 449 | 4209 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4210 { |
| 4211 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4212 continue; | |
| 4213 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4214 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4215 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4216 } | |
| 4217 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4218 } | |
| 4219 else | |
| 4220 { | |
| 449 | 4221 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4224 { |
| 449 | 4225 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4226 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4227 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4228 continue; | |
| 4229 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4230 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4231 } | |
| 4232 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4233 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4234 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4235 | |
| 449 | 4236 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4237 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4238 { |
| 4239 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4240 { | |
| 4241 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4242 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4243 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4244 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4245 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4246 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4247 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4248 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4249 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4250 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4251 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4252 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4253 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4254 { | |
| 419 | 4255 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4256 { |
| 419 | 4257 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4258 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4259 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4260 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4261 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4262 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4263 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4264 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4265 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4266 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4267 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4268 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4269 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4270 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4271 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4272 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4273 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4274 } |
| 4275 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4276 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4277 } | |
| 449 | 4278 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4279 continue; |
| 4280 } | |
| 4281 } | |
| 942 | 4282 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4283 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4284 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4285 { |
| 4286 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4287 break; | |
| 4288 } | |
| 4289 } | |
| 4290 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4291 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4292 } | |
| 540 | 4293 |
| 449 | 4294 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4295 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4296 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4297 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4300 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 4301 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4302 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4303 { |
| 4304 if (got_int) | |
| 4305 break; | |
| 665 | 4306 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4307 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4308 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4309 |
| 540 | 4310 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 4311 || compl_interrupted) | |
| 4312 break; | |
| 4313 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4314 } | |
| 4315 else | |
| 4316 { | |
| 4317 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4318 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4319 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4322 } | |
| 449 | 4323 } |
| 4324 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4325 |
| 4326 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4327 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
| 4328 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4331 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 4332 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
| 4333 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4336 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4337 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4338 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4339 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4340 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4341 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4342 return i; |
| 4343 } | |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4346 static void | |
| 4347 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4348 { | |
| 4349 int i; | |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 /* | |
| 4352 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4353 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4354 */ | |
| 449 | 4355 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4356 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 4357 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 4358 } | |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4361 static void | |
| 4362 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4363 { | |
| 1782 | 4364 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4365 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4366 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4367 else | |
| 4368 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4369 } |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 /* | |
| 4372 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4373 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4374 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4375 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4376 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4377 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4378 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4379 * | |
| 449 | 4380 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4381 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4382 * |
| 4383 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4384 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4385 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4386 */ |
| 4387 static int | |
| 665 | 4388 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4389 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4390 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4391 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4392 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4393 { |
| 4394 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4395 int i; | |
| 610 | 4396 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4397 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4398 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4399 int advance; |
| 7 | 4400 |
| 665 | 4401 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4402 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4403 { | |
| 4404 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4405 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4406 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4407 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4408 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4409 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4410 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4411 |
| 4412 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4413 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4414 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4415 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4416 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4417 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4418 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4419 { | |
| 4420 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4421 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4422 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4423 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4424 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4425 } | |
| 665 | 4426 } |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4429 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4430 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4431 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4432 |
| 836 | 4433 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4434 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4435 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4436 | |
| 874 | 4437 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4438 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4439 { | |
| 4440 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4441 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4442 } | |
| 4443 | |
| 610 | 4444 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4445 * around. */ | |
| 4446 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4447 { | |
| 4448 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4449 { | |
| 4450 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4451 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4452 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4453 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4454 } |
| 4455 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4456 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4457 { | |
| 657 | 4458 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4459 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4460 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4461 } |
| 4462 else | |
| 610 | 4463 { |
| 909 | 4464 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4465 { | |
| 4466 if (advance) | |
| 4467 { | |
| 4468 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4469 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4470 else | |
| 4471 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4472 } | |
| 4473 return -1; | |
| 4474 } | |
| 4475 | |
| 836 | 4476 if (advance) |
| 4477 { | |
| 4478 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4479 --compl_pending; | |
| 4480 else | |
| 4481 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4482 } | |
| 657 | 4483 |
| 874 | 4484 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4485 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4486 |
| 4487 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4488 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4489 && advance) |
| 909 | 4490 { |
| 4491 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4492 { | |
| 4493 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4494 --compl_pending; | |
| 4495 } | |
| 4496 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4497 { | |
| 4498 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4499 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4500 } | |
| 4501 else | |
| 4502 break; | |
| 4503 } | |
| 657 | 4504 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4505 } | |
| 4506 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4507 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4508 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4509 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4510 ++todo; |
| 4511 else | |
| 4512 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4513 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4516 if (found_end) | |
| 4517 { | |
| 4518 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4519 { |
| 657 | 4520 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4521 break; | |
| 610 | 4522 } |
| 657 | 4523 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4524 } |
| 7 | 4525 } |
| 4526 | |
| 665 | 4527 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4528 if (insert_match) | |
| 4529 { | |
| 4530 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4531 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4532 else | |
| 1782 | 4533 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4534 } |
| 4535 else | |
| 4536 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4537 |
| 4538 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4539 { | |
| 540 | 4540 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4541 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4542 | |
| 665 | 4543 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4544 update_screen(0); | |
| 4545 | |
| 540 | 4546 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4547 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4548 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4549 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4550 { | |
| 4551 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4552 setcursor(); | |
| 4553 out_flush(); | |
| 4554 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4555 } | |
| 4556 #endif | |
| 540 | 4557 |
| 7 | 4558 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4559 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4560 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4561 } | |
| 4562 | |
| 825 | 4563 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4564 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4565 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4566 | |
| 7 | 4567 /* |
| 4568 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4569 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4570 */ | |
| 464 | 4571 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4572 { |
| 4573 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4574 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4575 if (i <= 0) |
| 4576 i = 0; | |
| 4577 else | |
| 4578 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4579 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4580 msg(IObuff); |
| 4581 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4582 } | |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 return num_matches; | |
| 4585 } | |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 /* | |
| 4588 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4589 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4590 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4591 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4592 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4593 */ |
| 4594 void | |
| 464 | 4595 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4596 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4597 { |
| 4598 static int count = 0; | |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 int c; | |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4603 * scripts */ | |
| 4604 if (using_script()) | |
| 4605 return; | |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4608 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4609 return; |
| 4610 count = 0; | |
| 4611 | |
| 909 | 4612 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4613 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4614 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4615 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4616 { | |
| 4617 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4618 { | |
| 4619 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4620 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4621 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4622 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4623 } |
| 909 | 4624 else |
| 4625 { | |
| 4626 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4627 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4628 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4629 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4630 { | |
| 4631 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4632 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4633 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4634 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 vungetc(c); | |
| 4637 } | |
| 909 | 4638 } |
| 449 | 4639 } |
| 716 | 4640 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4641 { |
| 4642 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4645 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4646 } | |
| 610 | 4647 } |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 /* | |
| 4650 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4651 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4652 */ | |
| 4653 static int | |
| 4654 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4655 int c; | |
| 4656 { | |
| 665 | 4657 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4658 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4659 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4660 return BACKWARD; |
| 4661 return FORWARD; | |
| 4662 } | |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 /* | |
| 644 | 4665 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4666 * is visible. | |
| 4667 */ | |
| 4668 static int | |
| 4669 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4670 int c; | |
| 4671 { | |
| 4672 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4673 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4674 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4675 } |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 /* | |
| 610 | 4678 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4679 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4680 */ | |
| 4681 static int | |
| 4682 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4683 int c; | |
| 4684 { | |
| 4685 int h; | |
| 4686 | |
| 665 | 4687 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4688 { |
| 4689 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4690 if (h > 3) | |
| 4691 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4692 return h; | |
| 4693 } | |
| 4694 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4695 } |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 /* | |
| 681 | 4698 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4699 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4700 */ | |
| 4701 static int | |
| 4702 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4703 int c; | |
| 4704 { | |
| 4705 switch (c) | |
| 4706 { | |
| 4707 case K_UP: | |
| 4708 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4709 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4710 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4711 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4712 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4713 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4714 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4715 return FALSE; | |
| 4716 } | |
| 4717 return TRUE; | |
| 4718 } | |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 /* | |
| 7 | 4721 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4722 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4723 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4724 */ | |
| 4725 static int | |
| 4726 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4727 int c; |
| 7 | 4728 { |
| 449 | 4729 char_u *line; |
| 4730 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4731 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4732 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4733 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4734 |
| 610 | 4735 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4736 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4737 { |
| 4738 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4741 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4742 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4743 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4744 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4745 #endif | |
| 4746 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4747 return FAIL; | |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 4750 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 4751 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 4752 |
| 1430 | 4753 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 4754 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 4755 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 4756 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 4757 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 4758 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 4759 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 4760 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 4761 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 4762 { |
| 4763 /* | |
| 4764 * it is a continued search | |
| 4765 */ | |
| 449 | 4766 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 4767 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 4768 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 4769 { | |
| 449 | 4770 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 4771 { |
| 449 | 4772 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 4773 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 4774 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 4775 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 4776 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 4777 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 4778 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4779 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 4780 } |
| 4781 else | |
| 4782 { | |
| 4783 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 4784 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 4785 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 4786 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 4787 { |
| 449 | 4788 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 4789 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 4790 line + compl_length | |
| 4791 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 4792 } |
| 449 | 4793 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 4794 } |
| 449 | 4795 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 4796 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 4797 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 4798 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 4799 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 4800 { |
| 449 | 4801 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 4802 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 4803 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 4804 } |
| 449 | 4805 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 4806 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 4807 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 4808 } |
| 4809 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4810 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 4811 else |
| 449 | 4812 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 4813 } |
| 4814 else | |
| 449 | 4815 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 4818 { | |
| 4819 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 4820 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 4821 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 4822 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 4823 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 4824 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 4825 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 4826 } |
| 4827 | |
| 4828 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 4829 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 4830 { | |
| 449 | 4831 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 4832 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 4833 { | |
| 449 | 4834 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 4835 { |
| 449 | 4836 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4837 ; |
| 449 | 4838 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4839 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 4840 } |
| 4841 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 4842 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 4843 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 4844 else |
| 449 | 4845 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 4846 compl_length); | |
| 4847 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4848 return FAIL; |
| 4849 } | |
| 449 | 4850 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4851 { |
| 4852 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 4853 | |
| 1872 | 4854 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 4855 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 4856 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 4857 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 4858 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4859 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 4860 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 4861 && ( |
| 4862 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 4863 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 4864 #else |
| 449 | 4865 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 4866 #endif |
| 4867 ))) | |
| 4868 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 4869 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 4870 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 4871 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 4872 } |
| 449 | 4873 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 4874 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 4875 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 4876 #else |
| 449 | 4877 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 4878 #endif |
| 4879 ) | |
| 4880 { | |
| 4881 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 4882 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 4883 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4884 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4885 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 4886 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 4887 } |
| 4888 else | |
| 4889 { | |
| 4890 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4891 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 4892 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 4893 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4894 { | |
| 4895 int base_class; | |
| 4896 int head_off; | |
| 4897 | |
| 449 | 4898 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 4899 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 4900 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4901 { |
| 449 | 4902 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 4903 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 4904 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 4905 break; |
| 449 | 4906 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 4907 } |
| 4908 } | |
| 4909 else | |
| 4910 #endif | |
| 449 | 4911 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4912 ; |
| 449 | 4913 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4914 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 4915 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 4916 { |
| 4917 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 4918 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 4919 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 4920 */ | |
| 449 | 4921 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 4922 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4923 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4924 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 4925 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 4926 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 4927 } |
| 4928 else | |
| 4929 { | |
| 449 | 4930 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 4931 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 4932 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 4933 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4934 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 4935 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 4936 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 4937 } |
| 4938 } | |
| 4939 } | |
| 4940 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4941 { | |
| 835 | 4942 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 4943 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 4944 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 4945 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 4946 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 4947 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 4948 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 4949 else |
| 449 | 4950 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 4951 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4952 return FAIL; |
| 4953 } | |
| 4954 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 4955 { | |
| 449 | 4956 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4957 ; |
| 449 | 4958 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4959 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 4960 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 4961 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 4962 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4963 return FAIL; |
| 4964 } | |
| 4965 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 4966 { | |
| 449 | 4967 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 4968 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4969 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4970 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4971 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 4972 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 4973 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 4974 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 4975 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 4976 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 4977 else | |
| 935 | 4978 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 4979 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 4980 } |
| 523 | 4981 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 4982 { |
| 12 | 4983 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4984 /* | |
| 502 | 4985 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 4986 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 4987 */ |
| 502 | 4988 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 4989 int col; |
| 502 | 4990 char_u *funcname; |
| 4991 pos_T pos; | |
| 4992 | |
| 523 | 4993 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 4994 * string */ |
| 4995 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 4996 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 4997 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 4998 { |
| 4999 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5000 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5001 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5002 } |
| 452 | 5003 |
| 5004 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5005 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5006 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5007 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
| 5008 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
| 5009 | |
| 452 | 5010 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5011 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5012 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5013 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5014 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5015 |
| 5016 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5017 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5018 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5019 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5020 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5021 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5022 #endif |
| 449 | 5023 return FAIL; |
| 5024 } | |
| 477 | 5025 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5026 { | |
| 744 | 5027 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5028 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5029 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5030 else | |
| 5031 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5032 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5033 { |
| 5034 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5035 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5036 } | |
| 5037 else | |
| 5038 { | |
| 5039 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5040 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5041 } | |
| 818 | 5042 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5043 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5044 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5045 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5046 #endif | |
| 5047 return FAIL; | |
| 5048 } | |
| 449 | 5049 else |
| 5050 { | |
| 5051 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5052 return FAIL; | |
| 5053 } | |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5056 { |
| 5057 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 5058 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5059 { | |
| 5060 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5061 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5062 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5065 #endif | |
| 449 | 5066 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5067 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5068 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5069 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5070 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5071 #endif | |
| 449 | 5072 compl_length = 0; |
| 5073 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5074 } |
| 5075 } | |
| 5076 else | |
| 5077 { | |
| 5078 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5079 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5080 } | |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5083 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5084 else |
| 5085 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5086 | |
| 694 | 5087 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5088 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5089 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5090 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5091 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5092 { |
| 5093 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5094 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5095 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5096 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5097 return FAIL; |
| 5098 } | |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5101 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5102 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5103 */ | |
| 5104 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5105 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5106 showmode(); | |
| 5107 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5108 out_flush(); | |
| 5109 } | |
| 5110 | |
| 449 | 5111 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5112 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5113 |
| 5114 /* | |
| 665 | 5115 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5116 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5117 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5118 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5119 |
| 540 | 5120 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5121 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5122 | |
| 449 | 5123 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5124 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5125 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5126 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5127 |
| 5128 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5129 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5130 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5131 { | |
| 5132 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5133 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5134 } | |
| 5135 | |
| 449 | 5136 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5137 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5138 { |
| 5139 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5140 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5141 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5142 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5143 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5144 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5145 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5146 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5147 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5148 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5149 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5150 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5151 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5152 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5153 } | |
| 5154 | |
| 464 | 5155 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5156 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5157 else |
| 449 | 5158 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5159 |
| 5160 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5161 { | |
| 464 | 5162 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5163 { |
| 5164 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5165 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5166 } | |
| 449 | 5167 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5168 { |
| 5169 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5170 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5171 } | |
| 464 | 5172 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5173 { |
| 5174 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5175 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5176 } | |
| 5177 else | |
| 5178 { | |
| 5179 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5180 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5181 { |
| 464 | 5182 int number = 0; |
| 5183 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5184 |
| 449 | 5185 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5186 { |
| 5187 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5188 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5189 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5190 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5191 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5192 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5193 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5194 { |
| 464 | 5195 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5196 break; |
| 5197 } | |
| 5198 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5199 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5200 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5201 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5202 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5203 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5204 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5205 } |
| 5206 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5207 { | |
| 5208 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5209 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5210 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5211 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5212 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5213 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5214 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5215 { |
| 464 | 5216 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5217 break; |
| 5218 } | |
| 5219 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5220 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5221 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5222 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5223 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5224 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5225 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5226 } |
| 5227 } | |
| 5228 | |
| 540 | 5229 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5230 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5231 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5232 { |
| 1063 | 5233 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5234 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5235 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5236 |
| 449 | 5237 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5238 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5239 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5240 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5241 else |
| 1063 | 5242 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5243 _("match %d"), | |
| 5244 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5245 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5246 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 5247 if (dollar_vcol) | |
| 5248 curs_columns(FALSE); | |
| 5249 } | |
| 5250 } | |
| 5251 } | |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5254 showmode(); | |
| 5255 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5256 { | |
| 5257 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5258 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5259 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5260 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5261 } | |
| 5262 else | |
| 5263 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5264 | |
| 857 | 5265 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5266 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5267 { | |
| 5268 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5269 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5270 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5271 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5272 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5273 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5274 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5275 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5276 |
| 857 | 5277 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5278 setcursor(); | |
| 5279 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5280 } | |
| 874 | 5281 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5282 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5283 |
| 7 | 5284 return OK; |
| 5285 } | |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 /* | |
| 5288 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5289 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5290 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5291 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5292 */ | |
| 1872 | 5293 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5294 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5295 char_u *dest; | |
| 5296 char_u *src; | |
| 5297 int len; | |
| 5298 { | |
| 1872 | 5299 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5300 | |
| 5301 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5302 { |
| 5303 switch (*src) | |
| 5304 { | |
| 5305 case '.': | |
| 5306 case '*': | |
| 5307 case '[': | |
| 5308 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5309 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5310 break; | |
| 5311 case '~': | |
| 5312 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5313 break; | |
| 5314 case '\\': | |
| 5315 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5316 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5317 break; | |
| 5318 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5319 case '$': | |
| 5320 m++; | |
| 5321 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5322 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5323 break; | |
| 5324 } | |
| 5325 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5326 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5327 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5328 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5329 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5330 { | |
| 5331 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5332 | |
| 474 | 5333 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5334 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5335 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5336 { | |
| 5337 --len; | |
| 5338 ++src; | |
| 5339 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5340 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5341 } | |
| 5342 } | |
| 464 | 5343 # endif |
| 7 | 5344 } |
| 5345 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5346 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 return m; | |
| 5349 } | |
| 5350 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 /* | |
| 5353 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5354 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5355 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5356 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5357 */ | |
| 5358 int | |
| 5359 get_literal() | |
| 5360 { | |
| 5361 int cc; | |
| 5362 int nc; | |
| 5363 int i; | |
| 5364 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5365 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5366 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5367 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5368 #endif | |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 if (got_int) | |
| 5371 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5374 /* | |
| 5375 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5376 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5377 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5378 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5379 */ | |
| 5380 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5381 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5382 #endif | |
| 5383 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5384 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5385 #endif | |
| 5386 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5387 cc = 0; | |
| 5388 i = 0; | |
| 5389 for (;;) | |
| 5390 { | |
| 1389 | 5391 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5392 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5393 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5394 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5395 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5396 # endif | |
| 5397 ) | |
| 5398 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5399 #endif | |
| 5400 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5401 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5402 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5403 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5404 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5405 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5406 unicode = nc; | |
| 5407 #endif | |
| 5408 else | |
| 5409 { | |
| 5410 if (hex | |
| 5411 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5412 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5413 #endif | |
| 5414 ) | |
| 5415 { | |
| 5416 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5417 break; | |
| 5418 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5419 } | |
| 5420 else if (octal) | |
| 5421 { | |
| 5422 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5423 break; | |
| 5424 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5425 } | |
| 5426 else | |
| 5427 { | |
| 5428 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5429 break; | |
| 5430 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5431 } | |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 ++i; | |
| 5434 } | |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5438 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5439 #endif | |
| 5440 ) | |
| 5441 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5442 nc = 0; | |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5445 { | |
| 5446 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5447 break; | |
| 5448 } | |
| 5449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5450 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5451 { | |
| 5452 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5453 break; | |
| 5454 } | |
| 5455 #endif | |
| 5456 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5457 break; | |
| 5458 } | |
| 5459 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5460 { | |
| 5461 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5462 { | |
| 5463 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5464 nc = 0; | |
| 5465 } | |
| 5466 else | |
| 5467 { | |
| 5468 cc = nc; | |
| 5469 nc = 0; | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 } | |
| 5472 | |
| 5473 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5474 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5476 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5477 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5478 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5479 #endif | |
| 7 | 5480 |
| 5481 --no_mapping; | |
| 5482 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5483 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5484 --allow_keys; | |
| 5485 #endif | |
| 5486 if (nc) | |
| 5487 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5488 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5489 return cc; | |
| 5490 } | |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 /* | |
| 5493 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5494 */ | |
| 5495 static void | |
| 5496 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5497 int c; | |
| 5498 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5499 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5500 { | |
| 5501 char_u *p; | |
| 5502 int len; | |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 /* | |
| 5505 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5506 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5507 * mode. | |
| 5508 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5509 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5510 */ | |
| 5511 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5512 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5513 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5514 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5515 #endif | |
| 5516 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5517 { | |
| 5518 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5519 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5520 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5521 if (len > 2) | |
| 5522 { | |
| 5523 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5524 return; | |
| 5525 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5526 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5527 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5528 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5529 } | |
| 5530 } | |
| 5531 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5532 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5533 } | |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 /* | |
| 5536 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5537 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5538 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5539 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5540 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5541 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5542 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5543 */ | |
| 5544 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5545 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5546 #else | |
| 5547 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5548 #endif | |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5551 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5552 #else | |
| 5553 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5554 #endif | |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 void | |
| 5557 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5558 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5559 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5560 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5561 { | |
| 5562 int textwidth; | |
| 5563 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5564 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5565 #endif |
| 7 | 5566 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
| 5569 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 /* | |
| 5572 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5573 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5574 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5575 * ends in white space. | |
| 5576 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5577 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5578 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5579 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5580 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5581 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5582 * before the insert. | |
| 5583 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5584 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5585 */ | |
| 667 | 5586 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 7 | 5587 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 5588 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
| 5589 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5590 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5591 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5592 #endif | |
| 5593 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5594 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5595 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5596 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5597 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5598 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5599 )))))) | |
| 5600 { | |
| 667 | 5601 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5602 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5603 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 1000 | 5604 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5605 | |
| 1563 | 5606 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
| 1000 | 5607 { |
| 5608 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5609 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5610 * was called. */ | |
| 5611 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5612 } | |
| 5613 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5614 #endif |
| 2004 | 5615 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5616 } |
| 5617 | |
| 7 | 5618 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5619 return; | |
| 5620 | |
| 5621 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5622 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5623 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5624 { | |
| 5625 char_u *line; | |
| 5626 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5627 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5628 int i; | |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 /* | |
| 5631 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5632 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5633 */ | |
| 5634 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
| 5635 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
| 5636 { | |
| 5637 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5638 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5639 ++p; | |
| 5640 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5641 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5642 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5643 --middle_len; | |
| 5644 | |
| 5645 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5646 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5647 ++p; | |
| 5648 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5649 | |
| 5650 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5651 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5652 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5653 ; | |
| 5654 i++; | |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5657 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5658 | |
| 5659 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5660 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5661 { | |
| 5662 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5663 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 /* | |
| 5666 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5667 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5668 */ | |
| 5669 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5670 } | |
| 5671 } | |
| 5672 } | |
| 5673 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5674 #endif | |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5677 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5678 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5679 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5680 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5681 #endif | |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 /* | |
| 5684 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 5685 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 5686 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 5687 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 5688 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 5689 */ | |
| 5690 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5691 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 5692 #endif | |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5695 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5696 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 5697 #endif | |
| 5698 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 5699 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5700 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 5701 && !cindent_on() | |
| 5702 #endif | |
| 5703 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5704 && !p_ri | |
| 5705 #endif | |
| 5706 ) | |
| 5707 { | |
| 5708 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 5709 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 5710 int i; | |
| 5711 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 buf[0] = c; | |
| 5714 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 5715 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 5716 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 5717 /* | |
| 5718 * Stop the string when: | |
| 5719 * - no more chars available | |
| 5720 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 5721 * - buffer is full | |
| 5722 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 5723 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 5724 */ | |
| 5725 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 5726 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5727 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5728 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 5729 #endif | |
| 5730 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 5731 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 5732 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5733 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 5734 { | |
| 5735 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5736 c = vgetc(); | |
| 5737 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5738 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 5739 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 5740 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5741 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 5742 # endif | |
| 5743 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 5744 #else | |
| 5745 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 5746 #endif | |
| 5747 } | |
| 5748 | |
| 5749 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 5750 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 5751 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 5752 #endif | |
| 5753 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 5754 ins_str(buf); | |
| 5755 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5756 { | |
| 5757 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 5758 i = 1; | |
| 5759 } | |
| 5760 else | |
| 5761 i = 0; | |
| 5762 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 5763 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 5764 } |
| 5765 else | |
| 5766 { | |
| 5767 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 5768 int cc; |
| 5769 | |
| 7 | 5770 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 5771 { | |
| 5772 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 5775 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 5776 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 5777 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 5778 } | |
| 5779 else | |
| 5780 #endif | |
| 5781 { | |
| 5782 ins_char(c); | |
| 5783 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5784 redo_literal(c); | |
| 5785 else | |
| 5786 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 5787 } | |
| 5788 } | |
| 5789 } | |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 /* | |
| 667 | 5792 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 5793 */ | |
| 5794 static void | |
| 2004 | 5795 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 5796 int textwidth; |
| 5797 int second_indent; | |
| 5798 int flags; | |
| 5799 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 5800 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 5801 { |
| 5802 int cc; | |
| 5803 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 5804 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 5805 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5806 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5807 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 5808 #endif | |
| 5809 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 5810 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 5811 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5812 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 5813 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 5814 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 5815 #endif | |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 /* | |
| 5818 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 5819 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 5820 */ | |
| 2004 | 5821 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 5822 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5823 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5824 #endif | |
| 5825 ) | |
| 667 | 5826 { |
| 5827 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5828 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 5829 { | |
| 5830 save_char = cc; | |
| 5831 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 5832 } | |
| 5833 } | |
| 5834 | |
| 5835 /* | |
| 5836 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 5837 */ | |
| 5838 while (!got_int) | |
| 5839 { | |
| 5840 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 5841 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 5842 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 5843 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 5844 colnr_T len; | |
| 5845 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 5846 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5847 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 5848 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 5849 #endif | |
| 5850 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 5851 colnr_T end_col; |
| 5852 | |
| 5853 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 5854 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 5855 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 5856 break; |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5859 if (no_leader) | |
| 5860 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 5861 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 5862 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 5863 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5866 if (do_comments) | |
| 5867 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
| 5868 else | |
| 5869 leader_len = 0; | |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 5872 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 5873 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 5874 * to start with %. */ | |
| 5875 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 5876 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 5877 #endif | |
| 5878 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 5879 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5880 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 5881 #endif | |
| 5882 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 break; | |
| 5885 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 5886 break; | |
| 5887 | |
| 5888 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 5889 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 5890 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5891 | |
| 2004 | 5892 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 5893 foundcol = 0; |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 /* | |
| 5896 * Find position to break at. | |
| 5897 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 5898 */ | |
| 5899 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 5900 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5901 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 5902 { | |
| 2004 | 5903 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 5904 cc = c; | |
| 5905 else | |
| 5906 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 5907 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 5908 { | |
| 5909 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 5910 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 5911 |
| 5912 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 5913 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5914 { | |
| 5915 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5916 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5917 } | |
| 5918 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5919 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 5920 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5921 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5922 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 5923 break; | |
| 5924 #endif | |
| 5925 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 5926 { | |
| 5927 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 5928 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 5929 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 5930 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 5931 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 5932 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 5933 break; | |
| 5934 #endif | |
| 667 | 5935 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 5936 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5937 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5940 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 5941 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5942 } | |
| 2004 | 5943 |
| 5944 inc_cursor(); | |
| 5945 | |
| 5946 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 5947 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5948 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 5949 break; |
| 5950 } | |
| 5951 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 5952 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 5953 { |
| 5954 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 5955 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 5956 { | |
| 5957 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5958 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5959 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 5960 break; | |
| 5961 #endif | |
| 5962 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5963 inc_cursor(); | |
| 5964 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 5965 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 5966 { | |
| 5967 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5968 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 5969 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 5970 break; | |
| 5971 } | |
| 5972 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5973 } | |
| 5974 | |
| 5975 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 5976 break; | |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5979 | |
| 5980 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5981 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5984 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 5985 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5986 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5987 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 5988 break; | |
| 5989 #endif | |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5992 | |
| 667 | 5993 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 5994 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 5995 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 5996 break; | |
| 667 | 5997 } |
| 5998 #endif | |
| 5999 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6000 break; | |
| 6001 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6002 } | |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6005 { | |
| 6006 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6007 break; | |
| 6008 } | |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6011 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 /* | |
| 6014 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6015 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6016 * over the text instead. | |
| 6017 */ | |
| 6018 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6019 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6020 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6021 else | |
| 6022 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6023 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6024 |
| 6025 /* | |
| 6026 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6027 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6028 */ | |
| 6029 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6030 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6031 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6032 inc_cursor(); |
| 6033 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6034 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6035 startcol = 0; | |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6038 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6039 { | |
| 6040 /* | |
| 6041 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6042 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6043 */ | |
| 6044 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6045 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6046 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6047 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6048 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6051 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6052 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6053 } | |
| 6054 else | |
| 6055 #endif | |
| 6056 { | |
| 6057 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6058 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6059 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6060 } | |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 /* | |
| 6063 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6064 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6065 */ | |
| 6066 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6067 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6068 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6069 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 6070 #endif | |
| 6071 , old_indent); | |
| 6072 old_indent = 0; | |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6075 if (first_line) | |
| 6076 { | |
| 6077 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 6078 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
| 6079 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
| 6080 { | |
| 6081 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6082 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 6083 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6084 else |
| 6085 #endif | |
| 6086 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 6087 } | |
| 6088 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6089 } | |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6092 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6093 { | |
| 6094 /* | |
| 6095 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6096 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6097 */ | |
| 6098 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6099 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6100 } | |
| 6101 else | |
| 6102 #endif | |
| 6103 { | |
| 6104 /* | |
| 6105 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6106 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6107 */ | |
| 6108 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6109 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6110 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6111 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6112 } | |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6115 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6116 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6117 #endif | |
| 6118 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6119 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6120 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6121 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6122 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6123 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6124 #endif | |
| 6125 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6126 } | |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6129 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
| 6132 { | |
| 6133 update_topline(); | |
| 6134 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6135 } | |
| 6136 } | |
| 6137 | |
| 6138 /* | |
| 7 | 6139 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6140 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6141 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6142 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6143 * saved here. | |
| 6144 */ | |
| 6145 void | |
| 6146 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6147 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6148 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6149 { | |
| 6150 pos_T pos; | |
| 6151 colnr_T len; | |
| 6152 char_u *old; | |
| 6153 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6154 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6155 int cc; |
| 7 | 6156 |
| 6157 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6158 return; | |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6161 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6164 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6165 | |
| 6166 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6167 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6168 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6169 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6170 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6171 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6172 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6173 { | |
| 6174 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6175 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6176 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6177 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6178 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6179 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6180 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6181 { |
| 6182 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6183 return; | |
| 6184 } | |
| 6185 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6186 } | |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6189 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6190 * comments. */ | |
| 6191 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 6192 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
| 6193 return; | |
| 6194 #endif | |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 /* | |
| 6197 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6198 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6199 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6200 */ | |
| 6201 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6202 { | |
| 6203 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6204 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6205 return; | |
| 6206 } | |
| 6207 | |
| 6208 /* | |
| 6209 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6210 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6211 */ | |
| 6212 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6213 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6214 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6215 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6218 { | |
| 6219 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6220 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6221 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6222 } | |
| 6223 else | |
| 6224 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6227 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6228 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6229 * formatted. */ | |
| 6230 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6231 { | |
| 6232 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6233 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6234 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6235 { | |
| 6236 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6237 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6238 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6239 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6240 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6241 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6242 } | |
| 6243 else | |
| 6244 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6245 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6246 } | |
| 6247 | |
| 6248 check_cursor(); | |
| 6249 } | |
| 6250 | |
| 6251 /* | |
| 6252 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6253 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6254 * position. | |
| 6255 */ | |
| 6256 static void | |
| 6257 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6258 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6259 { | |
| 6260 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6261 int cc; |
| 7 | 6262 |
| 6263 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6264 { | |
| 301 | 6265 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6266 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6267 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6268 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6269 else | |
| 6270 { | |
| 6271 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6272 { | |
| 6273 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6274 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6275 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6276 } | |
| 6277 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6278 { | |
| 6279 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6280 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6281 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6282 } | |
| 6283 } | |
| 6284 } | |
| 6285 } | |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 /* | |
| 6288 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6289 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6290 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6291 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6292 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6293 */ | |
| 6294 int | |
| 6295 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6296 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6297 { |
| 6298 int textwidth; | |
| 6299 | |
| 6300 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6301 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6302 { | |
| 6303 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6304 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6305 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6306 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6307 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6308 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6309 #endif | |
| 6310 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6311 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6312 #endif | |
| 6313 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6314 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6315 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 6316 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 6317 # endif |
| 6318 ) | |
| 6319 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6320 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6321 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6322 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6323 } | |
| 6324 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6325 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6326 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6327 { | |
| 6328 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6329 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6330 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6331 } | |
| 6332 return textwidth; | |
| 6333 } | |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 /* | |
| 6336 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6337 */ | |
| 6338 static void | |
| 6339 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6340 int c; | |
| 6341 { | |
| 6342 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6345 * three digits. */ | |
| 6346 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6347 { | |
| 1872 | 6348 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6349 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6350 } | |
| 6351 else | |
| 6352 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6353 } | |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 /* | |
| 6356 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6357 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6358 */ |
| 6359 static void | |
| 6360 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6361 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6362 { |
| 6363 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6364 { | |
| 6365 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 6366 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
| 6367 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
| 6368 } | |
| 744 | 6369 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6370 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6371 #endif | |
| 7 | 6372 } |
| 6373 | |
| 744 | 6374 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6375 /* |
| 6376 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6377 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6378 */ | |
| 6379 static void | |
| 6380 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6381 { | |
| 6382 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6383 { | |
| 6384 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6387 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6388 } | |
| 6389 } | |
| 484 | 6390 |
| 6391 /* | |
| 6392 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6393 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6394 */ | |
| 6395 static void | |
| 6396 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6397 { | |
| 6398 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6399 | |
| 499 | 6400 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6401 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6402 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6403 } | |
| 221 | 6404 #endif |
| 6405 | |
| 7 | 6406 /* |
| 6407 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6408 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6409 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6410 */ | |
| 6411 int | |
| 6412 stop_arrow() | |
| 6413 { | |
| 6414 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6415 { | |
| 6416 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6417 { | |
| 6418 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6419 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6420 } | |
| 6421 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
| 1869 | 6422 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 6423 ai_col = 0; |
| 6424 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6425 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6426 { | |
| 6427 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6428 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6429 } | |
| 6430 #endif | |
| 6431 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6432 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6433 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6434 } |
| 6435 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6436 { | |
| 6437 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6438 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6439 } | |
| 6440 | |
| 6441 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6442 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6443 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6444 #endif | |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6447 } | |
| 6448 | |
| 6449 /* | |
| 840 | 6450 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6451 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6452 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6453 */ |
| 6454 static void | |
| 6455 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
| 840 | 6456 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6457 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 7 | 6458 { |
| 603 | 6459 int cc; |
| 6460 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6461 |
| 6462 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6463 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 /* | |
| 603 | 6466 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6467 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6468 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6469 */ |
| 603 | 6470 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6471 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6472 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6473 { |
| 6474 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6475 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6476 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6477 } | |
| 6478 else | |
| 6479 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6480 |
| 840 | 6481 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6482 { |
| 6483 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6484 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6485 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6486 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6487 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6488 { |
| 10 | 6489 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6490 | |
| 7 | 6491 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6492 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6493 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6494 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6495 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6496 { | |
| 6497 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6498 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6499 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6500 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6501 } |
| 6502 | |
| 6503 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6504 | |
| 10 | 6505 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6506 { | |
| 6507 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6508 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6509 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6510 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6511 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6512 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6513 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6514 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6515 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6516 #endif | |
| 6517 } | |
| 7 | 6518 } |
| 6519 | |
| 6520 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6521 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6522 | |
| 6523 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6524 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6525 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6526 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6527 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 10 | 6528 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6529 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6530 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6531 { |
| 10 | 6532 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6535 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6536 for (;;) |
| 6537 { | |
| 6538 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6539 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6540 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6541 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6542 break; | |
| 1892 | 6543 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6544 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6545 } |
| 10 | 6546 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6547 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6548 else if (cc != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6549 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
| 6550 | |
| 6551 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 6552 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6553 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6554 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6555 { | |
| 1872 | 6556 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6557 | |
| 6558 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6559 { |
| 1872 | 6560 VIsual.col = len; |
| 7 | 6561 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 6562 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
| 6563 # endif | |
| 6564 } | |
| 6565 } | |
| 6566 #endif | |
| 6567 } | |
| 6568 } | |
| 6569 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6570 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6571 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6572 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6573 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6574 #endif | |
| 6575 | |
| 840 | 6576 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6577 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6578 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6579 { | |
| 6580 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 6581 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 6582 } | |
| 7 | 6583 } |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 /* | |
| 6586 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6587 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6588 */ | |
| 6589 void | |
| 6590 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6591 int c; | |
| 6592 { | |
| 6593 char_u *s; | |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6597 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6598 #else | |
| 6599 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
| 6600 #endif | |
| 6601 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6602 { | |
| 6603 s = last_insert; | |
| 6604 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6605 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6606 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6607 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6608 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6609 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6610 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6611 } | |
| 6612 } | |
| 6613 | |
| 359 | 6614 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6615 void | |
| 6616 free_last_insert() | |
| 6617 { | |
| 6618 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6619 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6620 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 6621 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 6622 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6623 # endif |
| 359 | 6624 } |
| 6625 #endif | |
| 6626 | |
| 7 | 6627 /* |
| 6628 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 6629 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 6630 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 6631 */ | |
| 6632 char_u * | |
| 6633 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 6634 int c; | |
| 6635 char_u *s; | |
| 6636 { | |
| 6637 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6638 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 6639 int i; | |
| 6640 int len; | |
| 6641 | |
| 6642 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 6643 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 6644 { | |
| 6645 c = temp[i]; | |
| 6646 #endif | |
| 6647 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 6648 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 6649 { | |
| 6650 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 6651 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 6652 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 6653 } | |
| 6654 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6655 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 6656 { | |
| 6657 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 6658 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 6659 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 6660 } | |
| 6661 #endif | |
| 6662 else | |
| 6663 *s++ = c; | |
| 6664 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6665 } | |
| 6666 #endif | |
| 6667 return s; | |
| 6668 } | |
| 6669 | |
| 6670 /* | |
| 6671 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 6672 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 6673 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 6674 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 6675 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 6676 */ | |
| 6677 void | |
| 6678 beginline(flags) | |
| 6679 int flags; | |
| 6680 { | |
| 6681 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 6682 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6683 else | |
| 6684 { | |
| 6685 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6686 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6687 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6688 #endif | |
| 6689 | |
| 6690 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 6691 { | |
| 6692 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6693 | |
| 6694 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 6695 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 6696 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6697 } | |
| 6698 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6699 } | |
| 6700 } | |
| 6701 | |
| 6702 /* | |
| 6703 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 6704 * | |
| 6705 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 6706 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 6707 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 6708 */ | |
| 6709 | |
| 6710 int | |
| 6711 oneright() | |
| 6712 { | |
| 6713 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6714 int l; | |
| 6715 | |
| 6716 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6717 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6718 { | |
| 6719 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6720 | |
| 6721 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 6722 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6723 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 6724 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 6725 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 6726 # else |
| 7 | 6727 *ptr |
| 773 | 6728 # endif |
| 7 | 6729 )) |
| 6730 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 6731 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6732 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 6733 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 6734 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 6735 } | |
| 6736 #endif | |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 6739 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 6740 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 6741 | |
| 7 | 6742 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 6743 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6744 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6745 else |
| 6746 #endif | |
| 773 | 6747 l = 1; |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 6750 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 6751 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 6752 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6753 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 6754 #endif | |
| 6755 ) | |
| 6756 return FAIL; | |
| 6757 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 6758 |
| 6759 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6760 return OK; | |
| 6761 } | |
| 6762 | |
| 6763 int | |
| 6764 oneleft() | |
| 6765 { | |
| 6766 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6767 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6768 { | |
| 6769 int width; | |
| 6770 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 6771 | |
| 6772 if (v == 0) | |
| 6773 return FAIL; | |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 6776 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 6777 width = 1; | |
| 6778 for (;;) | |
| 6779 { | |
| 6780 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 6781 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
| 6782 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
| 6783 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
| 6784 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6785 && !has_mbyte | |
| 6786 # endif | |
| 6787 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 6788 break; | |
| 6789 ++width; | |
| 6790 } | |
| 6791 # else | |
| 6792 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 6793 # endif | |
| 6794 | |
| 6795 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 6796 { | |
| 6797 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6798 | |
| 6799 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 6800 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6801 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 6802 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6803 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 6804 # else | |
| 6805 *ptr | |
| 6806 # endif | |
| 6807 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 6808 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6809 } | |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6812 return OK; | |
| 6813 } | |
| 6814 #endif | |
| 6815 | |
| 6816 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6817 return FAIL; | |
| 6818 | |
| 6819 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6820 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6823 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 6824 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 6825 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6826 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 6827 #endif | |
| 6828 return OK; | |
| 6829 } | |
| 6830 | |
| 6831 int | |
| 6832 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 6833 long n; | |
| 6834 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 6835 { | |
| 6836 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 if (n > 0) | |
| 6839 { | |
| 6840 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 6841 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 6842 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 6843 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 6844 return FAIL; |
| 6845 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 6846 lnum = 1; | |
| 6847 else | |
| 6848 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6849 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 6850 { | |
| 6851 /* | |
| 6852 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 6853 */ | |
| 6854 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
| 6855 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 6856 | |
| 6857 while (n--) | |
| 6858 { | |
| 6859 /* move up one line */ | |
| 6860 --lnum; | |
| 6861 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 6862 break; | |
| 6863 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 6864 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 6865 * in a moment. */ | |
| 6866 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 6867 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 6868 } | |
| 6869 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 6870 lnum = 1; | |
| 6871 } | |
| 6872 else | |
| 6873 #endif | |
| 6874 lnum -= n; | |
| 6875 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6876 } | |
| 6877 | |
| 6878 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 6879 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6880 | |
| 6881 if (upd_topline) | |
| 6882 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 6883 | |
| 6884 return OK; | |
| 6885 } | |
| 6886 | |
| 6887 /* | |
| 6888 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 6889 */ | |
| 6890 int | |
| 6891 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 6892 long n; | |
| 6893 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 6894 { | |
| 6895 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6896 | |
| 6897 if (n > 0) | |
| 6898 { | |
| 6899 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6900 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6901 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 6902 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 6903 #endif | |
| 161 | 6904 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 6905 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 6906 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 6907 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 6908 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 6909 return FAIL; |
| 6910 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6911 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6912 else | |
| 6913 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6914 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 6915 { | |
| 6916 linenr_T last; | |
| 6917 | |
| 6918 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 6919 while (n--) | |
| 6920 { | |
| 6921 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 6922 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 6923 else | |
| 6924 ++lnum; | |
| 6925 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6926 break; | |
| 6927 } | |
| 6928 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6929 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6930 } | |
| 6931 else | |
| 6932 #endif | |
| 6933 lnum += n; | |
| 6934 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6935 } | |
| 6936 | |
| 6937 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 6938 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 if (upd_topline) | |
| 6941 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 6942 | |
| 6943 return OK; | |
| 6944 } | |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 /* | |
| 6947 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 6948 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 6949 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 6950 */ | |
| 6951 int | |
| 6952 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 6953 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 6954 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 6955 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 6956 { | |
| 6957 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 6958 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6959 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 6960 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 6961 | |
| 6962 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 6963 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 6964 { | |
| 6965 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 6966 return FAIL; | |
| 6967 } | |
| 6968 | |
| 6969 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 6970 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6971 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 6972 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 6973 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 6976 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 6977 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 6978 */ | |
| 6979 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 6980 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 6981 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 6982 { | |
| 6983 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 6984 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 6985 } | |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 do | |
| 6988 { | |
| 6989 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 6990 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 6991 if (last) | |
| 6992 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 6993 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 6994 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 6995 } | |
| 6996 while (--count > 0); | |
| 6997 | |
| 6998 if (last) | |
| 6999 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7002 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7005 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7006 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7007 | |
| 7008 return OK; | |
| 7009 } | |
| 7010 | |
| 7011 char_u * | |
| 7012 get_last_insert() | |
| 7013 { | |
| 7014 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7015 return NULL; | |
| 7016 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7017 } | |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 /* | |
| 7020 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7021 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7022 */ | |
| 7023 char_u * | |
| 7024 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7025 { | |
| 7026 char_u *s; | |
| 7027 int len; | |
| 7028 | |
| 7029 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7030 return NULL; | |
| 7031 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7032 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7033 { | |
| 7034 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7035 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7036 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7037 } | |
| 7038 return s; | |
| 7039 } | |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 /* | |
| 7042 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7043 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7044 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7045 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7046 */ | |
| 7047 static int | |
| 7048 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7049 int c; | |
| 7050 { | |
| 7051 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7052 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7053 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7054 return FALSE; | |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7057 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7058 } | |
| 7059 | |
| 7060 /* | |
| 7061 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7062 * | |
| 7063 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7064 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7065 * | |
| 7066 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7067 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7068 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7069 * | |
| 7070 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7071 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7072 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7073 * | |
| 7074 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7075 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7076 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7077 */ | |
| 7078 | |
| 298 | 7079 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7080 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7081 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7082 |
| 7083 void | |
| 7084 replace_push(c) | |
| 7085 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7086 { | |
| 7087 char_u *p; | |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7090 return; | |
| 7091 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7092 { | |
| 7093 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7094 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7095 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7096 { | |
| 7097 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7098 return; | |
| 7099 } | |
| 7100 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7101 { | |
| 7102 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7103 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7104 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7105 } | |
| 7106 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7107 } | |
| 7108 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7109 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7110 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7111 *p = c; | |
| 7112 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7113 } | |
| 7114 | |
| 1470 | 7115 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7116 /* | |
| 7117 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7118 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7119 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7120 */ | |
| 7121 int | |
| 7122 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7123 char_u *p; | |
| 7124 { | |
| 7125 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7126 int j; | |
| 7127 | |
| 7128 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7129 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7130 return l; | |
| 7131 } | |
| 7132 #endif | |
| 7133 | |
| 840 | 7134 #if 0 |
| 7 | 7135 /* |
| 7136 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL. | |
| 7137 */ | |
| 7138 static void | |
| 7139 replace_push_off(c) | |
| 7140 int c; | |
| 7141 { | |
| 7142 char_u *p; | |
| 7143 | |
| 7144 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7145 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7146 ++replace_offset) | |
| 7147 if (*--p == NUL) | |
| 7148 break; | |
| 7149 replace_push(c); | |
| 7150 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 7151 } | |
| 840 | 7152 #endif |
| 7 | 7153 |
| 7154 /* | |
| 7155 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7156 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7157 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7158 */ | |
| 7159 static int | |
| 7160 replace_pop() | |
| 7161 { | |
| 7162 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7163 return -1; | |
| 7164 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7165 } | |
| 7166 | |
| 7167 /* | |
| 7168 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7169 * encountered. | |
| 7170 */ | |
| 7171 static void | |
| 7172 replace_join(off) | |
| 7173 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7174 { | |
| 7175 int i; | |
| 7176 | |
| 7177 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7178 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7179 { | |
| 7180 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7181 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7182 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7183 return; | |
| 7184 } | |
| 7185 } | |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 /* | |
| 7188 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7189 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7190 */ | |
| 7191 static void | |
| 7192 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7193 { | |
| 7194 int cc; | |
| 7195 int oldState = State; | |
| 7196 | |
| 7197 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7198 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7199 { | |
| 7200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7201 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7202 #else | |
| 7203 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7204 #endif | |
| 7205 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7206 } | |
| 7207 State = oldState; | |
| 7208 } | |
| 7209 | |
| 7210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7211 /* | |
| 7212 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7213 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7214 */ | |
| 7215 static void | |
| 7216 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7217 int cc; | |
| 7218 { | |
| 7219 int n; | |
| 7220 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 7221 int i; | |
| 7222 int c; | |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7225 { | |
| 7226 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7227 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7228 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7229 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7230 } | |
| 7231 else | |
| 7232 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7233 | |
| 7234 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7235 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7236 for (;;) | |
| 7237 { | |
| 7238 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7239 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7240 break; | |
| 7241 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7242 { | |
| 7243 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7244 replace_push(c); | |
| 7245 break; | |
| 7246 } | |
| 7247 else | |
| 7248 { | |
| 7249 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7250 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7251 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7252 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7253 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7254 else | |
| 7255 { | |
| 7256 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7257 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7258 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7259 break; | |
| 7260 } | |
| 7261 } | |
| 7262 } | |
| 7263 } | |
| 7264 #endif | |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 /* | |
| 7267 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7268 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7269 */ | |
| 7270 static void | |
| 7271 replace_flush() | |
| 7272 { | |
| 7273 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7274 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7275 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7276 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7277 } | |
| 7278 | |
| 7279 /* | |
| 7280 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7281 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7282 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7283 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7284 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7285 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7286 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7287 */ |
| 7288 static void | |
| 1782 | 7289 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7290 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7291 { |
| 7292 int cc; | |
| 7293 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7294 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7295 int ins_len; | |
| 7296 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7297 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7298 char_u *p; | |
| 7299 int i; | |
| 7300 int vcol; | |
| 7301 #endif | |
| 7302 | |
| 7303 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7304 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7305 { | |
| 7306 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7307 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7308 { | |
| 7309 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7310 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7311 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7312 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7313 } | |
| 7314 #endif | |
| 7315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7316 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7317 { | |
| 1782 | 7318 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7319 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7320 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7321 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7322 # endif |
| 7323 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7324 } | |
| 7325 else | |
| 7326 #endif | |
| 7327 { | |
| 7328 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7329 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7330 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7331 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7332 #endif |
| 7333 } | |
| 7334 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7335 | |
| 7336 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7337 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7338 { | |
| 7339 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7340 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7341 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7342 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7343 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7344 { | |
| 7345 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7346 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7347 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7348 #endif |
| 7349 } | |
| 7350 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7351 | |
| 7352 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7353 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7354 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7355 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7356 { | |
| 7357 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7358 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7359 } | |
| 7360 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7361 } | |
| 7362 #endif | |
| 7363 | |
| 7364 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7365 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7366 } | |
| 7367 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7368 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7369 } |
| 7370 | |
| 7371 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7372 /* | |
| 7373 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7374 */ | |
| 7375 static int | |
| 7376 cindent_on() | |
| 7377 { | |
| 7378 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7379 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7380 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7381 # endif | |
| 7382 )); | |
| 7383 } | |
| 7384 #endif | |
| 7385 | |
| 7386 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7387 /* | |
| 7388 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7389 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7390 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7391 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7392 */ | |
| 7393 | |
| 7394 void | |
| 7395 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7396 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7397 { | |
| 1516 | 7398 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7399 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7400 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7401 } | |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 void | |
| 7404 fix_indent() | |
| 7405 { | |
| 7406 if (p_paste) | |
| 7407 return; | |
| 7408 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7409 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7410 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7411 # endif | |
| 7412 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7413 else | |
| 7414 # endif | |
| 7415 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7416 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7417 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7418 # endif | |
| 7419 } | |
| 7420 | |
| 7421 #endif | |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7424 /* | |
| 7425 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7426 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 7427 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
| 7428 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
| 7429 * | |
| 7430 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7431 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7432 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7433 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7434 * | |
| 7435 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7436 */ | |
| 7437 int | |
| 7438 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7439 int keytyped; | |
| 7440 int when; | |
| 7441 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7442 { | |
| 7443 char_u *look; | |
| 7444 int try_match; | |
| 7445 int try_match_word; | |
| 7446 char_u *p; | |
| 7447 char_u *line; | |
| 7448 int icase; | |
| 7449 int i; | |
| 7450 | |
| 2025 | 7451 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7452 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7453 return FALSE; | |
| 7454 | |
| 7 | 7455 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7456 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7457 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7458 else | |
| 7459 #endif | |
| 7460 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7461 while (*look) | |
| 7462 { | |
| 7463 /* | |
| 7464 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7465 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7466 */ | |
| 7467 switch (when) | |
| 7468 { | |
| 7469 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7470 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7471 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7472 } | |
| 7473 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7474 ++look; | |
| 7475 | |
| 7476 /* | |
| 7477 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7478 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7479 */ | |
| 7480 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7481 { | |
| 7482 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7483 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7484 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7485 ++look; | |
| 7486 } | |
| 7487 else | |
| 7488 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7489 | |
| 7490 /* | |
| 7491 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7492 */ | |
| 7493 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7494 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7495 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7496 #else | |
| 7497 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7498 #endif | |
| 7499 ) | |
| 7500 { | |
| 7501 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7502 return TRUE; | |
| 7503 look += 2; | |
| 7504 } | |
| 7505 /* | |
| 7506 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7507 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7508 */ | |
| 7509 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7510 { | |
| 7511 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7512 return TRUE; | |
| 7513 ++look; | |
| 7514 } | |
| 7515 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7516 { | |
| 7517 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7518 return TRUE; | |
| 7519 ++look; | |
| 7520 } | |
| 7521 | |
| 7522 /* | |
| 7523 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7524 * cursor. | |
| 7525 */ | |
| 7526 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7527 { | |
| 7528 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7529 { | |
| 7530 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7531 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7532 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7533 return TRUE; | |
| 7534 } | |
| 7535 ++look; | |
| 7536 } | |
| 7537 | |
| 7538 /* | |
| 7539 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7540 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7541 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7542 */ | |
| 7543 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7544 { | |
| 7545 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7546 { | |
| 7547 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7548 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30)) | |
| 7549 return TRUE; | |
| 1300 | 7550 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7551 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7552 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7553 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7554 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7555 { | |
| 7556 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
| 7557 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) | |
| 7558 || cin_islabel(30)); | |
| 7559 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7560 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7561 if (i) | |
| 7562 return TRUE; | |
| 7563 } | |
| 7564 } | |
| 7565 ++look; | |
| 7566 } | |
| 7567 | |
| 7568 | |
| 7569 /* | |
| 7570 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7571 */ | |
| 7572 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7573 { | |
| 7574 if (try_match) | |
| 7575 { | |
| 7576 /* | |
| 7577 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7578 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7579 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7580 */ | |
| 7581 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7582 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7583 return TRUE; | |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7586 return TRUE; | |
| 7587 } | |
| 7588 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7589 look++; | |
| 7590 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7591 look++; | |
| 7592 } | |
| 7593 | |
| 7594 /* | |
| 7595 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7596 */ | |
| 7597 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7598 { | |
| 7599 ++look; | |
| 7600 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7601 { | |
| 7602 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7603 ++look; | |
| 7604 } | |
| 7605 else | |
| 7606 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7607 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7608 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7609 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7610 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7611 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7612 { | |
| 7613 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7614 | |
| 7615 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7616 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7617 { | |
| 7618 char_u *s; | |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7621 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7622 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7623 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7624 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7625 { | |
| 7626 char_u *n; | |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7629 { | |
| 7630 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7631 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7632 break; | |
| 7633 } | |
| 7634 } | |
| 7635 else | |
| 7636 # endif | |
| 7637 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 7638 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 7639 break; | |
| 7640 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7641 && (icase | |
| 7642 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 7643 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 7644 match = TRUE; | |
| 7645 } | |
| 7646 else | |
| 7647 #endif | |
| 7648 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 7649 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 7650 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 7651 { | |
| 7652 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7653 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 7654 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 7655 && (icase | |
| 7656 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 7657 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 7658 == 0) | |
| 7659 match = TRUE; | |
| 7660 } | |
| 7661 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 7662 { | |
| 7663 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 7664 * word. */ | |
| 7665 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7666 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 7667 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 7668 match = FALSE; | |
| 7669 } | |
| 7670 if (match) | |
| 7671 return TRUE; | |
| 7672 } | |
| 7673 look = p; | |
| 7674 } | |
| 7675 | |
| 7676 /* | |
| 7677 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 7678 */ | |
| 7679 else | |
| 7680 { | |
| 7681 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 7682 return TRUE; | |
| 7683 ++look; | |
| 7684 } | |
| 7685 | |
| 7686 /* | |
| 7687 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 7688 */ | |
| 7689 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 7690 } | |
| 7691 return FALSE; | |
| 7692 } | |
| 7693 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 7694 | |
| 7695 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7696 /* | |
| 7697 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 7698 */ | |
| 7699 int | |
| 7700 hkmap(c) | |
| 7701 int c; | |
| 7702 { | |
| 7703 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 7704 { | |
| 7705 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 7706 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 7707 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 7708 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 7709 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 7710 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 7711 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 7712 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 7713 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 7714 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 7715 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 7716 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 7717 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 7718 | |
| 7719 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 7720 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 7721 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 7722 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 7723 return 'X'; | |
| 7724 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 7725 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 7726 else if (c == 246) | |
| 7727 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 7728 else if (c == 228) | |
| 7729 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7730 else if (c == 252) | |
| 7731 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7732 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7733 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 7734 #else | |
| 7735 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 7736 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 7737 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 7738 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 7739 */ | |
| 7740 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 7741 #endif | |
| 7742 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 7743 else | |
| 7744 return c; | |
| 7745 } | |
| 7746 else | |
| 7747 { | |
| 7748 switch (c) | |
| 7749 { | |
| 7750 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 7751 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 7752 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 7753 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 7754 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 7755 | |
| 7756 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 7757 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 7758 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 7759 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 7760 default: { | |
| 7761 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 7762 | |
| 7763 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7764 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 7765 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 7766 #else | |
| 7767 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 7768 #endif | |
| 7769 return c; | |
| 7770 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 7771 break; | |
| 7772 } | |
| 7773 } | |
| 7774 | |
| 7775 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 7776 } | |
| 7777 } | |
| 7778 #endif | |
| 7779 | |
| 7780 static void | |
| 7781 ins_reg() | |
| 7782 { | |
| 7783 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 7784 int regname; | |
| 7785 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 7786 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 7787 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
| 7788 #endif | |
| 7 | 7789 |
| 7790 /* | |
| 7791 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 7792 */ | |
| 7793 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 7794 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 7795 { | |
| 7796 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 7797 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 7798 |
| 7799 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 7800 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7801 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 7802 #endif | |
| 7803 } | |
| 7804 | |
| 7805 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 7806 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 7807 #endif | |
| 7808 | |
| 7809 /* | |
| 7810 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 7811 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 7812 */ | |
| 7813 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 7814 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7815 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 7816 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 7817 { | |
| 7818 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 7819 literally = regname; | |
| 7820 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7821 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 7822 #endif | |
| 1389 | 7823 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7824 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 7825 } | |
| 7826 --no_mapping; | |
| 7827 | |
| 7828 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7829 /* | |
| 7830 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
| 7831 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
| 7832 */ | |
| 7833 ++no_u_sync; | |
| 7834 if (regname == '=') | |
| 7835 { | |
| 133 | 7836 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 7837 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 7838 # endif |
| 7 | 7839 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 7840 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 7841 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 7842 if (im_on) | |
| 7843 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 7844 # endif |
| 7 | 7845 } |
| 140 | 7846 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 7847 { | |
| 7848 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 7849 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 7850 } |
| 7 | 7851 else |
| 7852 { | |
| 7853 #endif | |
| 7854 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 7855 { | |
| 7856 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 7857 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 7858 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 7859 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 7860 | |
| 7861 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 7862 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 7863 } | |
| 7864 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 7865 { | |
| 7866 vim_beep(); | |
| 7867 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 7868 } | |
| 133 | 7869 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 7870 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 7871 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 7872 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 7873 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 7874 | |
| 7 | 7875 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7876 } | |
| 7877 --no_u_sync; | |
| 7878 #endif | |
| 7879 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7880 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 7881 #endif | |
| 7882 | |
| 7883 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 7884 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 7885 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 7886 |
| 7887 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 7888 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 7889 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 7890 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 7891 #endif | |
| 7 | 7892 } |
| 7893 | |
| 7894 /* | |
| 7895 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 7896 */ | |
| 7897 static void | |
| 7898 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 7899 { | |
| 7900 int c; | |
| 7901 | |
| 7902 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7903 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 7904 setcursor(); | |
| 7905 #endif | |
| 7906 | |
| 7907 /* | |
| 7908 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 7909 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 7910 */ | |
| 7911 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 7912 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7913 --no_mapping; |
| 7914 switch (c) | |
| 7915 { | |
| 7916 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 7917 case K_UP: | |
| 7918 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 7919 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 7920 break; | |
| 7921 | |
| 7922 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 7923 case K_DOWN: | |
| 7924 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 7925 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 7926 break; | |
| 7927 | |
| 7928 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 7929 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 7930 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 7931 |
| 7932 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 7933 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 626 | 7934 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 7935 break; |
| 7936 | |
| 7937 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 7938 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 7939 } | |
| 7940 } | |
| 7941 | |
| 7942 /* | |
| 449 | 7943 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 7944 */ | |
| 7945 static void | |
| 7946 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 7947 { | |
| 782 | 7948 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 7949 { |
| 7950 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 7951 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 7952 { | |
| 7953 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 7954 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 7955 } | |
| 7956 else | |
| 7957 { | |
| 7958 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 7959 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 7960 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 7961 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 7962 #endif | |
| 7963 } | |
| 7964 } | |
| 7965 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 7966 else | |
| 7967 { | |
| 7968 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 7969 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 7970 { | |
| 7971 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 7972 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 7973 } | |
| 7974 else | |
| 7975 { | |
| 7976 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 7977 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 7978 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 7979 } | |
| 7980 } | |
| 7981 #endif | |
| 7982 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 7983 showmode(); | |
| 7984 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7985 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 7986 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7987 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 7988 #endif | |
| 7989 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 7990 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 7991 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 7992 #endif | |
| 7993 } | |
| 7994 | |
| 7995 /* | |
| 7 | 7996 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 7997 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 7998 * insert. | |
| 7999 */ | |
| 8000 static int | |
| 477 | 8001 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8002 long *count; |
| 8003 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8004 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8005 { |
| 8006 int temp; | |
| 8007 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8008 | |
| 744 | 8009 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8010 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8011 #endif | |
| 7 | 8012 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8013 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8014 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8015 # endif | |
| 8016 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8017 { | |
| 8018 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8019 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8020 } | |
| 8021 #endif | |
| 8022 | |
| 8023 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8024 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8025 { | |
| 8026 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8027 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8028 } | |
| 8029 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8030 { | |
| 8031 /* | |
| 8032 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8033 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8034 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8035 */ |
| 8036 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8037 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8038 |
| 8039 /* | |
| 8040 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8041 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8042 */ | |
| 8043 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8044 { | |
| 8045 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8046 if (got_int) | |
| 8047 *count = 0; | |
| 8048 } | |
| 8049 | |
| 8050 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8051 { | |
| 164 | 8052 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8053 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8054 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8055 | |
| 7 | 8056 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8057 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 8058 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
| 8059 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8060 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8061 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8062 } | |
| 8063 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
| 8064 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8065 } | |
| 8066 | |
| 8067 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8068 * indent */ | |
| 8069 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8070 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8071 | |
| 8072 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8073 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8074 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8075 | |
| 8076 /* | |
| 8077 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8078 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8079 */ |
| 477 | 8080 if (!nomove |
| 8081 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8082 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8083 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8084 #endif | |
| 477 | 8085 ) |
| 8086 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 8087 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 7 | 8088 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 477 | 8089 && !VIsual_active |
| 8090 #endif | |
| 8091 )) | |
| 7 | 8092 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8093 && !revins_on | |
| 8094 #endif | |
| 8095 ) | |
| 8096 { | |
| 8097 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8098 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8099 { | |
| 8100 oneleft(); | |
| 8101 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8102 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8103 } | |
| 8104 else | |
| 8105 #endif | |
| 8106 { | |
| 8107 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8109 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8110 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8111 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8112 #endif | |
| 8113 } | |
| 8114 } | |
| 8115 | |
| 8116 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8117 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8118 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8119 * well). */ | |
| 8120 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8121 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8122 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8123 #endif | |
| 8124 | |
| 8125 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8126 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8127 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8128 | |
| 8129 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8130 setmouse(); | |
| 8131 #endif | |
| 8132 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8133 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8134 #endif | |
| 8135 | |
| 8136 /* | |
| 8137 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8138 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8139 */ | |
| 8140 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8141 showmode(); | |
| 8142 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8143 MSG(""); | |
| 8144 | |
| 8145 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8146 } | |
| 8147 | |
| 8148 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8149 /* | |
| 8150 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8151 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8152 */ | |
| 8153 static void | |
| 8154 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8155 { | |
| 8156 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8157 { | |
| 8158 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8159 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8160 } | |
| 8161 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8162 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8163 if (revins_on) | |
| 8164 { | |
| 8165 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8166 revins_legal++; | |
| 8167 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8168 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8169 } | |
| 8170 else | |
| 8171 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8172 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8173 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8174 { | |
| 8175 /* | |
| 8176 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8177 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8178 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8179 */ | |
| 8180 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8181 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8182 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8183 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8184 State = INSERT; | |
| 8185 } | |
| 8186 else | |
| 8187 #endif | |
| 8188 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8189 showmode(); | |
| 8190 } | |
| 8191 #endif | |
| 8192 | |
| 8193 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8194 /* | |
| 8195 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8196 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8197 */ | |
| 8198 static int | |
| 8199 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8200 int c; | |
| 8201 { | |
| 8202 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8203 switch (c) | |
| 8204 { | |
| 8205 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8206 case K_KEND: | |
| 8207 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8208 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8209 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8210 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8211 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8212 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8213 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8214 case K_UP: | |
| 8215 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8216 case K_END: | |
| 8217 case K_HOME: | |
| 8218 # endif | |
| 8219 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8220 break; | |
| 8221 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8222 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8223 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8224 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8225 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8226 case K_S_END: | |
| 8227 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8228 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8229 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8230 start_selection(); | |
| 8231 | |
| 8232 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8233 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8234 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8235 { | |
| 8236 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8237 | |
| 8238 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8239 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8240 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8241 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8242 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8243 } | |
| 8244 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8245 return TRUE; | |
| 8246 } | |
| 8247 return FALSE; | |
| 8248 } | |
| 8249 #endif | |
| 8250 | |
| 8251 /* | |
| 449 | 8252 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
| 8253 */ | |
| 8254 static void | |
| 8255 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8256 int replaceState; | |
| 8257 { | |
| 8258 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8259 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8260 { | |
| 8261 beep_flush(); | |
| 8262 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8263 return; | |
| 8264 } | |
| 8265 #endif | |
| 8266 | |
| 8267 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8268 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8269 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8270 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8271 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8272 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8273 # endif | |
| 8274 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8275 # endif |
| 449 | 8276 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8277 #endif | |
| 8278 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8279 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8280 else | |
| 8281 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8282 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8283 showmode(); | |
| 8284 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8285 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8286 #endif | |
| 8287 } | |
| 8288 | |
| 8289 /* | |
| 8290 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8291 */ | |
| 8292 static void | |
| 8293 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8294 { | |
| 8295 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8296 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8297 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8298 else | |
| 8299 #endif | |
| 8300 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8301 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8302 else | |
| 8303 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8304 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8305 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8306 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8307 else | |
| 8308 #endif | |
| 8309 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8310 } | |
| 8311 | |
| 8312 /* | |
| 7 | 8313 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8314 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8315 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8316 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8317 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8318 */ | |
| 8319 static void | |
| 8320 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8321 int c; | |
| 8322 int lastc; | |
| 8323 { | |
| 8324 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8325 return; | |
| 8326 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8327 | |
| 8328 /* | |
| 8329 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8330 */ | |
| 1330 | 8331 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8332 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8333 { |
| 8334 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8335 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8336 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8337 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8338 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8339 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8340 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8341 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8342 } |
| 8343 else | |
| 1516 | 8344 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8345 |
| 8346 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8347 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8348 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8349 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8350 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8351 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8352 #endif | |
| 8353 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8354 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8355 #endif | |
| 8356 } | |
| 8357 | |
| 8358 static void | |
| 8359 ins_del() | |
| 8360 { | |
| 8361 int temp; | |
| 8362 | |
| 8363 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8364 return; | |
| 8365 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8366 { | |
| 8367 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8368 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
| 8369 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), | |
| 8370 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL | |
| 8371 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 8372 vim_beep(); | |
| 8373 else | |
| 8374 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8375 } | |
| 8376 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8377 vim_beep(); | |
| 8378 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8379 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8380 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8381 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8382 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8383 #endif | |
| 8384 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8385 } | |
| 8386 | |
| 1460 | 8387 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8388 | |
| 8389 /* | |
| 8390 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8391 */ | |
| 8392 static void | |
| 8393 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8394 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8395 { | |
| 8396 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8397 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8398 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8399 { | |
| 8400 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8401 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8402 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8403 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8404 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8405 } |
| 8406 else | |
| 8407 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8408 } | |
| 8409 | |
| 7 | 8410 /* |
| 8411 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8412 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8413 */ | |
| 8414 static int | |
| 8415 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8416 int c; | |
| 8417 int mode; | |
| 8418 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8419 { | |
| 8420 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8421 int cc; | |
| 8422 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8423 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8424 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8425 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8426 int in_indent; | |
| 8427 int oldState; | |
| 8428 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8429 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8430 #endif |
| 8431 | |
| 8432 /* | |
| 8433 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8434 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8435 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8436 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8437 */ | |
| 8438 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8439 || ( | |
| 8440 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8441 !revins_on && | |
| 8442 #endif | |
| 8443 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8444 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8445 && (arrow_used | |
| 8446 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8447 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
| 8448 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
| 8449 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8450 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8451 { | |
| 8452 vim_beep(); | |
| 8453 return FALSE; | |
| 8454 } | |
| 8455 | |
| 8456 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8457 return FALSE; | |
| 8458 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8459 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8460 if (in_indent) | |
| 8461 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8462 #endif | |
| 8463 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8464 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8465 #endif | |
| 8466 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8467 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8468 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8469 #endif | |
| 8470 | |
| 8471 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8472 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8473 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8474 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8475 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8476 */ | |
| 8477 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8478 { | |
| 8479 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8480 { | |
| 8481 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8482 return TRUE; | |
| 8483 } | |
| 8484 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8485 { | |
| 8486 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8487 return TRUE; | |
| 8488 } | |
| 8489 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8490 } | |
| 8491 #endif | |
| 8492 | |
| 8493 /* | |
| 8494 * delete newline! | |
| 8495 */ | |
| 8496 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8497 { | |
| 8498 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8499 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8500 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8501 || revins_on | |
| 8502 #endif | |
| 8503 ) | |
| 8504 { | |
| 8505 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8506 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8507 return FALSE; | |
| 8508 --Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8509 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 8510 } | |
| 8511 /* | |
| 8512 * In replace mode: | |
| 8513 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8514 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8515 */ | |
| 8516 cc = -1; | |
| 8517 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8518 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8519 /* | |
| 8520 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8521 * cursor. | |
| 8522 */ | |
| 8523 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8524 { | |
| 8525 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8526 } | |
| 8527 else | |
| 8528 { | |
| 8529 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8530 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8531 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8532 #endif | |
| 8533 { | |
| 8534 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8535 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8536 |
| 8537 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8538 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8539 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8540 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8541 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8542 { | |
| 8543 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8544 TRUE); | |
| 8545 int len; | |
| 8546 | |
| 835 | 8547 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8548 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8549 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8550 } | |
| 8551 | |
| 7 | 8552 (void)do_join(FALSE); |
| 8553 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 8554 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8555 } | |
| 8556 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8557 else | |
| 8558 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8559 #endif | |
| 8560 | |
| 8561 /* | |
| 8562 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8563 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8564 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8565 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8566 */ | |
| 8567 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8568 { | |
| 8569 /* | |
| 8570 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8571 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8572 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8573 */ | |
| 8574 oldState = State; | |
| 8575 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8576 /* | |
| 8577 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8578 */ | |
| 8579 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8580 { | |
| 1872 | 8581 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8582 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8583 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8584 #else | |
| 8585 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8586 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8587 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8588 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8589 } | |
| 8590 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8591 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8592 State = oldState; | |
| 8593 } | |
| 8594 } | |
| 8595 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8596 } | |
| 8597 else | |
| 8598 { | |
| 8599 /* | |
| 8600 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8601 */ | |
| 8602 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8603 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8604 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8605 #endif | |
| 8606 mincol = 0; | |
| 8607 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8608 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8609 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8610 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8611 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8612 #endif |
| 8613 ) | |
| 7 | 8614 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8615 && !revins_on | |
| 8616 #endif | |
| 8617 ) | |
| 8618 { | |
| 1872 | 8619 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8620 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8621 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8622 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8623 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8624 } |
| 8625 | |
| 8626 /* | |
| 8627 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8628 */ | |
| 8629 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8630 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 648 | 8631 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
| 1497 | 8632 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8633 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8634 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8635 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8636 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8637 { | |
| 8638 int ts; | |
| 8639 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8640 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8641 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8642 |
| 8643 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 8644 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 7 | 8645 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
| 8646 else | |
| 8647 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 8648 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
| 8649 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 8650 * the previous character. */ | |
| 8651 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 8652 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 8653 dec_cursor(); |
| 8654 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 8655 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8656 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 8657 | |
| 8658 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 8659 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 8660 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 8661 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 8662 |
| 8663 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 8664 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 8665 { | |
| 8666 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 8667 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8668 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8669 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8670 | |
| 8671 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8672 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8673 ins_char(' '); | |
| 8674 else | |
| 8675 #endif | |
| 8676 { | |
| 8677 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 8678 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 8679 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 8680 } |
| 8681 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8682 } | |
| 1460 | 8683 |
| 8684 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 8685 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 8686 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 8687 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 8688 } |
| 8689 | |
| 8690 /* | |
| 8691 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 8692 */ | |
| 8693 else do | |
| 8694 { | |
| 8695 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8696 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 8697 #endif | |
| 8698 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8699 | |
| 8700 /* start of word? */ | |
| 8701 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 8702 { | |
| 8703 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 8704 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 8705 } | |
| 8706 /* end of word? */ | |
| 8707 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 8708 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 8709 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 8710 { | |
| 8711 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8712 if (!revins_on) | |
| 8713 #endif | |
| 8714 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8715 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8716 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8717 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8718 #endif | |
| 8719 break; | |
| 8720 } | |
| 8721 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 8722 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 8723 else |
| 8724 { | |
| 8725 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8726 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 8727 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 8728 #endif |
| 8729 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8730 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8731 /* | |
| 714 | 8732 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 8733 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 8734 * character. |
| 8735 */ | |
| 714 | 8736 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 8737 inc_cursor(); |
| 8738 #endif | |
| 8739 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8740 if (revins_chars) | |
| 8741 { | |
| 8742 revins_chars--; | |
| 8743 revins_legal++; | |
| 8744 } | |
| 8745 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 8746 break; | |
| 8747 #endif | |
| 8748 } | |
| 8749 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 8750 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8751 break; | |
| 8752 } while ( | |
| 8753 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8754 revins_on || | |
| 8755 #endif | |
| 8756 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 8757 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8758 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
| 8759 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
| 8760 } | |
| 8761 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8762 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8763 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8764 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8765 #endif | |
| 8766 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 8767 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8768 /* | |
| 8769 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 8770 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 8771 * with. | |
| 8772 */ | |
| 8773 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8774 | |
| 8775 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 8776 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8777 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8778 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8779 | |
| 8780 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 8781 * was there remains visible | |
| 8782 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 8783 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 8784 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 8785 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 8786 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 8787 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 8788 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 8789 | |
| 1514 | 8790 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 8791 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 8792 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 8793 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 8794 if (did_backspace) | |
| 8795 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 8796 #endif | |
| 8797 | |
| 7 | 8798 return did_backspace; |
| 8799 } | |
| 8800 | |
| 8801 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8802 static void | |
| 8803 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 8804 int c; | |
| 8805 { | |
| 8806 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 8807 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 8808 |
| 8809 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8810 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 8811 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8812 # endif | |
| 8813 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 8814 return; | |
| 8815 | |
| 8816 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8817 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8818 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 8819 { | |
| 840 | 8820 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8821 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 8822 | |
| 8823 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 8824 { | |
| 8825 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 8826 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 8827 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 8828 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8829 } | |
| 8830 #endif | |
| 8831 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 8832 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8833 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 8834 { | |
| 8835 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 8836 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8837 } | |
| 8838 #endif | |
| 7 | 8839 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 8840 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8841 # endif | |
| 8842 } | |
| 8843 | |
| 8844 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8845 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 8846 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 8847 #endif | |
| 8848 } | |
| 8849 | |
| 8850 static void | |
| 8851 ins_mousescroll(up) | |
| 8852 int up; | |
| 8853 { | |
| 8854 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 8855 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 8856 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 8857 # endif | |
| 8858 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8859 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 8860 # endif |
| 8861 | |
| 8862 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8863 | |
| 8864 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8865 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
| 8866 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 8867 { | |
| 8868 int row, col; | |
| 8869 | |
| 8870 row = mouse_row; | |
| 8871 col = mouse_col; | |
| 8872 | |
| 8873 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 8874 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 8875 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8876 } | |
| 8877 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 8878 # endif | |
| 8879 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8880 | |
| 1434 | 8881 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 8882 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 8883 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 8884 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8885 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 8886 # endif | |
| 8887 ) | |
| 8888 # endif | |
| 8889 { | |
| 8890 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) | |
| 8891 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); | |
| 8892 else | |
| 8893 scroll_redraw(up, 3L); | |
| 8894 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8895 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 8896 # endif | |
| 8897 } | |
| 7 | 8898 |
| 8899 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8900 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8901 | |
| 8902 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 8903 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8904 # endif | |
| 8905 | |
| 1434 | 8906 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 8907 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 8908 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 8909 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 8910 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 8911 { | |
| 8912 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 8913 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 8914 } | |
| 8915 # endif | |
| 8916 | |
| 7 | 8917 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 8918 { | |
| 8919 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8920 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8921 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8922 # endif | |
| 8923 } | |
| 8924 } | |
| 8925 #endif | |
| 8926 | |
| 692 | 8927 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 8928 static void |
| 692 | 8929 ins_tabline(c) |
| 8930 int c; | |
| 8931 { | |
| 8932 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 8933 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 8934 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 8935 { | |
| 8936 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8937 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 8938 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8939 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8940 # endif | |
| 8941 } | |
| 8942 | |
| 8943 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 8944 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 8945 else | |
| 846 | 8946 { |
| 692 | 8947 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 8948 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 8949 } | |
| 692 | 8950 } |
| 8951 #endif | |
| 8952 | |
| 8953 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 8954 void |
| 8955 ins_scroll() | |
| 8956 { | |
| 8957 pos_T tpos; | |
| 8958 | |
| 8959 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8960 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8961 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 8962 { | |
| 8963 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8964 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8965 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8966 # endif | |
| 8967 } | |
| 8968 } | |
| 8969 | |
| 8970 void | |
| 8971 ins_horscroll() | |
| 8972 { | |
| 8973 pos_T tpos; | |
| 8974 | |
| 8975 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8976 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8977 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll()) | |
| 8978 { | |
| 8979 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8980 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8981 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8982 # endif | |
| 8983 } | |
| 8984 } | |
| 8985 #endif | |
| 8986 | |
| 8987 static void | |
| 8988 ins_left() | |
| 8989 { | |
| 8990 pos_T tpos; | |
| 8991 | |
| 8992 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 8993 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 8994 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 8995 #endif | |
| 8996 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8997 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8998 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 8999 { | |
| 941 | 9000 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9001 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9002 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9003 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9004 #endif | |
| 9005 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9006 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9007 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9008 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9009 revins_legal++; | |
| 9010 revins_chars++; | |
| 9011 #endif | |
| 9012 } | |
| 9013 | |
| 9014 /* | |
| 9015 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9016 * previous line | |
| 9017 */ | |
| 9018 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9019 { | |
| 9020 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9021 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9022 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9023 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9024 } | |
| 9025 else | |
| 9026 vim_beep(); | |
| 9027 } | |
| 9028 | |
| 9029 static void | |
| 9030 ins_home(c) | |
| 9031 int c; | |
| 9032 { | |
| 9033 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9034 | |
| 9035 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9036 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9037 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9038 #endif | |
| 9039 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9040 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9041 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9042 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9043 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9044 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9045 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9046 #endif | |
| 9047 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9048 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9049 } | |
| 9050 | |
| 9051 static void | |
| 9052 ins_end(c) | |
| 9053 int c; | |
| 9054 { | |
| 9055 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9056 | |
| 9057 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9058 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9059 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9060 #endif | |
| 9061 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9062 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9063 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9064 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9065 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9066 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9067 | |
| 9068 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9069 } | |
| 9070 | |
| 9071 static void | |
| 9072 ins_s_left() | |
| 9073 { | |
| 9074 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9075 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9076 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9077 #endif | |
| 9078 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9079 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9080 { | |
| 9081 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9082 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9083 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9084 } | |
| 9085 else | |
| 9086 vim_beep(); | |
| 9087 } | |
| 9088 | |
| 9089 static void | |
| 9090 ins_right() | |
| 9091 { | |
| 9092 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9093 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9094 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9095 #endif | |
| 9096 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9097 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9098 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9099 || virtual_active() | |
| 9100 #endif | |
| 7 | 9101 ) |
| 9102 { | |
| 9103 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9104 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9105 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9106 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9107 oneright(); | |
| 9108 else | |
| 9109 #endif | |
| 9110 { | |
| 9111 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9112 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9113 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9114 else |
| 9115 #endif | |
| 9116 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9117 } | |
| 9118 | |
| 9119 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9120 revins_legal++; | |
| 9121 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9122 revins_chars--; | |
| 9123 #endif | |
| 9124 } | |
| 9125 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9126 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9127 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9128 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9129 { | |
| 9130 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9131 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9132 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9133 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9134 } | |
| 9135 else | |
| 9136 vim_beep(); | |
| 9137 } | |
| 9138 | |
| 9139 static void | |
| 9140 ins_s_right() | |
| 9141 { | |
| 9142 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9143 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9144 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9145 #endif | |
| 9146 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9147 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9148 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9149 { | |
| 9150 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9151 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9152 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9153 } | |
| 9154 else | |
| 9155 vim_beep(); | |
| 9156 } | |
| 9157 | |
| 9158 static void | |
| 9159 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9160 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9161 { | |
| 9162 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9163 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9164 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9165 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9166 #endif | |
| 9167 | |
| 9168 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9169 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9170 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9171 { | |
| 9172 if (startcol) | |
| 9173 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9174 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9175 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9176 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9177 #endif | |
| 9178 ) | |
| 9179 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9180 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9181 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9182 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9183 #endif | |
| 9184 } | |
| 9185 else | |
| 9186 vim_beep(); | |
| 9187 } | |
| 9188 | |
| 9189 static void | |
| 9190 ins_pageup() | |
| 9191 { | |
| 9192 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9193 | |
| 9194 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9195 |
| 9196 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9197 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9198 { | |
| 9199 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9200 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9201 { | |
| 9202 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9203 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9204 } | |
| 828 | 9205 return; |
| 9206 } | |
| 9207 #endif | |
| 9208 | |
| 7 | 9209 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9210 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9211 { | |
| 9212 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9214 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9215 #endif | |
| 9216 } | |
| 9217 else | |
| 9218 vim_beep(); | |
| 9219 } | |
| 9220 | |
| 9221 static void | |
| 9222 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9223 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9224 { | |
| 9225 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9226 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9227 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9228 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9229 #endif | |
| 9230 | |
| 9231 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9232 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9233 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9234 { | |
| 9235 if (startcol) | |
| 9236 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9237 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9238 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9239 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9240 #endif | |
| 9241 ) | |
| 9242 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9243 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9244 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9245 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9246 #endif | |
| 9247 } | |
| 9248 else | |
| 9249 vim_beep(); | |
| 9250 } | |
| 9251 | |
| 9252 static void | |
| 9253 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9254 { | |
| 9255 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9256 | |
| 9257 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9258 |
| 9259 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9260 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9261 { | |
| 9262 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9263 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9264 { | |
| 9265 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9266 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9267 } | |
| 828 | 9268 return; |
| 9269 } | |
| 9270 #endif | |
| 9271 | |
| 7 | 9272 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9273 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9274 { | |
| 9275 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9276 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9277 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9278 #endif | |
| 9279 } | |
| 9280 else | |
| 9281 vim_beep(); | |
| 9282 } | |
| 9283 | |
| 9284 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9285 static void | |
| 9286 ins_drop() | |
| 9287 { | |
| 9288 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9289 } | |
| 9290 #endif | |
| 9291 | |
| 9292 /* | |
| 9293 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9294 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9295 */ | |
| 9296 static int | |
| 9297 ins_tab() | |
| 9298 { | |
| 9299 int ind; | |
| 9300 int i; | |
| 9301 int temp; | |
| 9302 | |
| 9303 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9304 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9305 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9306 return FALSE; | |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9309 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9310 if (ind) | |
| 9311 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9312 #endif | |
| 9313 | |
| 9314 /* | |
| 9315 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9316 */ | |
| 9317 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 9318 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
| 9319 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
| 9320 return TRUE; | |
| 9321 | |
| 9322 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9323 return TRUE; | |
| 9324 | |
| 9325 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9326 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9327 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9328 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9329 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9330 #endif | |
| 9331 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9332 | |
| 9333 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 9334 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 9335 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
| 9336 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 9337 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
| 9338 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9339 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9340 | |
| 9341 /* | |
| 9342 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9343 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9344 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9345 */ | |
| 9346 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9347 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9348 { | |
| 9349 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9350 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9351 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9352 else | |
| 9353 #endif | |
| 9354 { | |
| 9355 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9356 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9357 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9358 } | |
| 9359 } | |
| 9360 | |
| 9361 /* | |
| 9362 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9363 */ | |
| 9364 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
| 9365 { | |
| 9366 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9367 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9368 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9369 pos_T pos; | |
| 9370 #endif | |
| 9371 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9372 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9373 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9374 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9375 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9376 | |
| 9377 /* | |
| 9378 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9379 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9380 */ | |
| 9381 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9382 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9383 { | |
| 9384 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9385 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9386 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9387 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9388 return FALSE; | |
| 9389 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9390 } | |
| 9391 else | |
| 9392 #endif | |
| 9393 { | |
| 9394 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9395 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9396 } | |
| 9397 | |
| 9398 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9399 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9400 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9401 | |
| 9402 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9403 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9404 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9405 { | |
| 9406 --fpos.col; | |
| 9407 --ptr; | |
| 9408 } | |
| 9409 | |
| 9410 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9411 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9412 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9413 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9414 { | |
| 9415 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9416 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9417 } | |
| 9418 | |
| 9419 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9420 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9421 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9422 | |
| 9423 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
| 9424 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 9425 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
| 9426 { | |
| 9427 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
| 9428 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
| 9429 break; | |
| 9430 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9431 { | |
| 9432 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9433 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9434 { | |
| 9435 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9436 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9437 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9438 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9439 } | |
| 9440 } | |
| 9441 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9442 ++ptr; | |
| 9443 vcol += i; | |
| 9444 } | |
| 9445 | |
| 9446 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9447 { | |
| 9448 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 9449 | |
| 9450 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9451 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9452 { | |
| 9453 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
| 9454 ++ptr; | |
| 9455 ++repl_off; | |
| 9456 } | |
| 9457 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9458 { | |
| 9459 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9460 --ptr; | |
| 9461 --repl_off; | |
| 9462 } | |
| 9463 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9464 | |
| 9465 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9466 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9467 if (i > 0) | |
| 9468 { | |
| 1622 | 9469 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9470 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9471 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9472 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9473 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9474 #endif | |
| 9475 ) | |
| 9476 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9477 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9478 } | |
| 33 | 9479 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9480 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9481 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9482 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9483 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9484 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9485 } | |
| 9486 #endif | |
| 7 | 9487 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9488 | |
| 9489 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9490 /* | |
| 9491 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9492 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9493 * spacing. | |
| 9494 */ | |
| 9495 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9496 { | |
| 9497 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9498 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9499 | |
| 9500 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9501 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9502 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9503 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9504 } | |
| 9505 #endif | |
| 9506 } | |
| 9507 | |
| 9508 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9509 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9510 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9511 #endif | |
| 9512 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9513 } | |
| 9514 | |
| 9515 return FALSE; | |
| 9516 } | |
| 9517 | |
| 9518 /* | |
| 9519 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9520 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9521 */ | |
| 9522 static int | |
| 9523 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9524 int c; | |
| 9525 { | |
| 9526 int i; | |
| 9527 | |
| 9528 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9529 return FALSE; | |
| 9530 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9531 return TRUE; | |
| 9532 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9533 | |
| 9534 /* | |
| 9535 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9536 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9537 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9538 */ | |
| 9539 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9540 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9541 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9542 #endif | |
| 9543 ) | |
| 9544 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9545 | |
| 9546 /* | |
| 9547 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9548 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9549 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9550 * in open_line(). | |
| 9551 */ | |
| 9552 | |
| 844 | 9553 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9554 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9555 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9556 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9557 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9558 #endif | |
| 9559 | |
| 7 | 9560 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9561 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9562 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9563 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9564 # endif | |
| 9565 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9566 * current line. */ | |
| 9567 if (revins_on) | |
| 9568 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9569 #endif | |
| 9570 | |
| 9571 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9572 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9573 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9574 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9575 #endif | |
| 9576 0, old_indent); | |
| 9577 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9578 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9579 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9580 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9581 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9582 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9583 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9584 #endif | |
| 7 | 9585 |
| 9586 return (!i); | |
| 9587 } | |
| 9588 | |
| 9589 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9590 /* | |
| 9591 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9592 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9593 * done. | |
| 9594 */ | |
| 9595 static int | |
| 9596 ins_digraph() | |
| 9597 { | |
| 9598 int c; | |
| 9599 int cc; | |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9602 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9603 { | |
| 9604 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9605 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9606 |
| 9607 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 9608 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9609 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9610 #endif | |
| 9611 } | |
| 9612 | |
| 9613 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9614 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9615 #endif | |
| 9616 | |
| 9617 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9618 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9619 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9620 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9621 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9622 --no_mapping; |
| 9623 --allow_keys; | |
| 9624 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ | |
| 9625 { | |
| 9626 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9627 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9628 #endif | |
| 9629 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9630 return NUL; | |
| 9631 } | |
| 9632 if (c != ESC) | |
| 9633 { | |
| 9634 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9635 { | |
| 9636 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9637 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9638 |
| 9639 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 9640 { | |
| 9641 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing | |
| 9642 * an ESC next */ | |
| 9643 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 661 | 9644 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9645 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 9646 } | |
| 9647 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9648 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 9649 #endif | |
| 9650 } | |
| 9651 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9652 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9653 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9654 --no_mapping; |
| 9655 --allow_keys; | |
| 9656 if (cc != ESC) | |
| 9657 { | |
| 9658 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 9659 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 9660 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9661 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9662 #endif | |
| 9663 return c; | |
| 9664 } | |
| 9665 } | |
| 9666 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 9667 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9668 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9669 #endif | |
| 9670 return NUL; | |
| 9671 } | |
| 9672 #endif | |
| 9673 | |
| 9674 /* | |
| 9675 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 9676 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 9677 */ | |
| 9678 static int | |
| 9679 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
| 9680 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 9681 { | |
| 9682 int c; | |
| 9683 int temp; | |
| 9684 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 9685 | |
| 9686 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9687 { | |
| 9688 vim_beep(); | |
| 9689 return NUL; | |
| 9690 } | |
| 9691 | |
| 9692 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 9693 temp = 0; | |
| 9694 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 9695 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9696 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9697 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9698 { | |
| 9699 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9700 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
| 9701 } | |
| 9702 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 9703 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 9704 | |
| 9705 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9706 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 9707 #else | |
| 9708 c = *ptr; | |
| 9709 #endif | |
| 9710 if (c == NUL) | |
| 9711 vim_beep(); | |
| 9712 return c; | |
| 9713 } | |
| 9714 | |
| 449 | 9715 /* |
| 9716 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 9717 */ | |
| 9718 static int | |
| 9719 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 9720 int tc; | |
| 9721 { | |
| 9722 int c = tc; | |
| 9723 | |
| 9724 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9725 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 9726 { | |
| 9727 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 9728 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 9729 else | |
| 9730 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 9731 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9732 } | |
| 9733 else | |
| 9734 #endif | |
| 9735 { | |
| 9736 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 9737 if (c != NUL) | |
| 9738 { | |
| 9739 long tw_save; | |
| 9740 | |
| 9741 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 9742 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 9743 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 9744 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 9745 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 9746 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 9747 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 9748 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 9749 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9750 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 9751 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9752 revins_chars++; | |
| 9753 revins_legal++; | |
| 9754 #endif | |
| 9755 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 9756 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 9757 } | |
| 9758 } | |
| 9759 return c; | |
| 9760 } | |
| 9761 | |
| 7 | 9762 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 9763 /* | |
| 9764 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 9765 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 9766 */ | |
| 9767 static void | |
| 9768 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 9769 int c; | |
| 9770 { | |
| 9771 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 9772 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9773 int i; | |
| 9774 int temp; | |
| 9775 | |
| 9776 /* | |
| 9777 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 9778 */ | |
| 9779 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 9780 { | |
| 9781 /* | |
| 9782 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 9783 */ | |
| 9784 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 9785 { | |
| 9786 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9787 /* | |
| 9788 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 9789 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 9790 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 9791 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 9792 * lines -- webb | |
| 9793 */ | |
| 9794 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 9795 i = pos->col; | |
| 9796 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 9797 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 9798 ; | |
| 9799 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 9800 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 9801 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 9802 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 9803 i = get_indent(); | |
| 9804 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 9805 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9806 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 9807 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 9808 else |
| 9809 #endif | |
| 9810 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 9811 } | |
| 9812 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9813 { | |
| 9814 /* | |
| 9815 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 9816 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 9817 */ | |
| 9818 temp = TRUE; | |
| 9819 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9820 { | |
| 9821 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9822 i = get_indent(); | |
| 9823 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9824 { | |
| 9825 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 9826 | |
| 9827 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 9828 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9829 break; | |
| 9830 } | |
| 9831 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 9832 temp = FALSE; | |
| 9833 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 9834 } | |
| 9835 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 9836 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 9837 } |
| 9838 } | |
| 9839 | |
| 9840 /* | |
| 9841 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 9842 */ | |
| 9843 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 9844 { | |
| 9845 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 9846 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 9847 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 9848 } | |
| 9849 | |
| 9850 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 9851 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 9852 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9853 } | |
| 9854 #endif | |
| 9855 | |
| 9856 /* | |
| 9857 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 9858 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 9859 */ | |
| 9860 static colnr_T | |
| 9861 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 9862 { | |
| 9863 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9864 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9865 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9866 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 9867 } |